* config/sh/tm-sh.h (DEPRECATED_BIG_REMOTE_BREAKPOINT,
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / doc / gdbint.texinfo
CommitLineData
9742079a 1\input texinfo @c -*- texinfo -*-
c906108c 2@setfilename gdbint.info
25822942 3@include gdb-cfg.texi
03727ca6 4@dircategory Software development
e9c75b65 5@direntry
c906108c 6* Gdb-Internals: (gdbint). The GNU debugger's internals.
e9c75b65 7@end direntry
c906108c
SS
8
9@ifinfo
25822942 10This file documents the internals of the GNU debugger @value{GDBN}.
c02a867d 11Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
c91d38aa 12 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
e9c75b65 13 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c
SS
14Contributed by Cygnus Solutions. Written by John Gilmore.
15Second Edition by Stan Shebs.
16
e9c75b65
EZ
17Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
18under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 19any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
20Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
21Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
22Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
23@end ifinfo
24
25@setchapternewpage off
25822942 26@settitle @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c 27
56caf160
EZ
28@syncodeindex fn cp
29@syncodeindex vr cp
30
c906108c 31@titlepage
25822942 32@title @value{GDBN} Internals
c906108c
SS
33@subtitle{A guide to the internals of the GNU debugger}
34@author John Gilmore
35@author Cygnus Solutions
36@author Second Edition:
37@author Stan Shebs
38@author Cygnus Solutions
39@page
40@tex
41\def\$#1${{#1}} % Kluge: collect RCS revision info without $...$
42\xdef\manvers{\$Revision$} % For use in headers, footers too
43{\parskip=0pt
44\hfill Cygnus Solutions\par
45\hfill \manvers\par
46\hfill \TeX{}info \texinfoversion\par
47}
48@end tex
49
50@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
1e698235 51Copyright @copyright{} 1990,1991,1992,1993,1994,1996,1998,1999,2000,2001,
c91d38aa 52 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
c906108c 53
e9c75b65
EZ
54Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
55under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
2a6585f0 56any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
e5249f67
AC
57Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
58Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
59Free Documentation License''.
c906108c
SS
60@end titlepage
61
449f3b6c 62@contents
449f3b6c 63
c906108c
SS
64@node Top
65@c Perhaps this should be the title of the document (but only for info,
66@c not for TeX). Existing GNU manuals seem inconsistent on this point.
67@top Scope of this Document
68
25822942
DB
69This document documents the internals of the GNU debugger, @value{GDBN}. It
70includes description of @value{GDBN}'s key algorithms and operations, as well
71as the mechanisms that adapt @value{GDBN} to specific hosts and targets.
c906108c
SS
72
73@menu
74* Requirements::
75* Overall Structure::
76* Algorithms::
77* User Interface::
89437448 78* libgdb::
c906108c
SS
79* Symbol Handling::
80* Language Support::
81* Host Definition::
82* Target Architecture Definition::
123dc839 83* Target Descriptions::
c906108c
SS
84* Target Vector Definition::
85* Native Debugging::
86* Support Libraries::
87* Coding::
88* Porting GDB::
d52fe014 89* Versions and Branches::
55f6ca0f 90* Start of New Year Procedure::
8973da3a 91* Releasing GDB::
085dd6e6 92* Testsuite::
c906108c 93* Hints::
aab4e0ec 94
bcd7e15f 95* GDB Observers:: @value{GDBN} Currently available observers
aab4e0ec 96* GNU Free Documentation License:: The license for this documentation
56caf160 97* Index::
c906108c
SS
98@end menu
99
100@node Requirements
101
102@chapter Requirements
56caf160 103@cindex requirements for @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
104
105Before diving into the internals, you should understand the formal
56caf160
EZ
106requirements and other expectations for @value{GDBN}. Although some
107of these may seem obvious, there have been proposals for @value{GDBN}
108that have run counter to these requirements.
c906108c 109
56caf160
EZ
110First of all, @value{GDBN} is a debugger. It's not designed to be a
111front panel for embedded systems. It's not a text editor. It's not a
112shell. It's not a programming environment.
c906108c 113
56caf160
EZ
114@value{GDBN} is an interactive tool. Although a batch mode is
115available, @value{GDBN}'s primary role is to interact with a human
116programmer.
c906108c 117
56caf160
EZ
118@value{GDBN} should be responsive to the user. A programmer hot on
119the trail of a nasty bug, and operating under a looming deadline, is
120going to be very impatient of everything, including the response time
121to debugger commands.
c906108c 122
56caf160
EZ
123@value{GDBN} should be relatively permissive, such as for expressions.
124While the compiler should be picky (or have the option to be made
be9c6c35 125picky), since source code lives for a long time usually, the
56caf160
EZ
126programmer doing debugging shouldn't be spending time figuring out to
127mollify the debugger.
c906108c 128
56caf160
EZ
129@value{GDBN} will be called upon to deal with really large programs.
130Executable sizes of 50 to 100 megabytes occur regularly, and we've
131heard reports of programs approaching 1 gigabyte in size.
c906108c 132
56caf160
EZ
133@value{GDBN} should be able to run everywhere. No other debugger is
134available for even half as many configurations as @value{GDBN}
135supports.
c906108c
SS
136
137
138@node Overall Structure
139
140@chapter Overall Structure
141
56caf160
EZ
142@value{GDBN} consists of three major subsystems: user interface,
143symbol handling (the @dfn{symbol side}), and target system handling (the
144@dfn{target side}).
c906108c 145
2e685b93 146The user interface consists of several actual interfaces, plus
c906108c
SS
147supporting code.
148
149The symbol side consists of object file readers, debugging info
150interpreters, symbol table management, source language expression
151parsing, type and value printing.
152
153The target side consists of execution control, stack frame analysis, and
154physical target manipulation.
155
156The target side/symbol side division is not formal, and there are a
157number of exceptions. For instance, core file support involves symbolic
158elements (the basic core file reader is in BFD) and target elements (it
159supplies the contents of memory and the values of registers). Instead,
160this division is useful for understanding how the minor subsystems
161should fit together.
162
163@section The Symbol Side
164
56caf160
EZ
165The symbolic side of @value{GDBN} can be thought of as ``everything
166you can do in @value{GDBN} without having a live program running''.
167For instance, you can look at the types of variables, and evaluate
168many kinds of expressions.
c906108c
SS
169
170@section The Target Side
171
56caf160
EZ
172The target side of @value{GDBN} is the ``bits and bytes manipulator''.
173Although it may make reference to symbolic info here and there, most
174of the target side will run with only a stripped executable
175available---or even no executable at all, in remote debugging cases.
c906108c
SS
176
177Operations such as disassembly, stack frame crawls, and register
178display, are able to work with no symbolic info at all. In some cases,
25822942 179such as disassembly, @value{GDBN} will use symbolic info to present addresses
c906108c
SS
180relative to symbols rather than as raw numbers, but it will work either
181way.
182
183@section Configurations
184
56caf160
EZ
185@cindex host
186@cindex target
25822942 187@dfn{Host} refers to attributes of the system where @value{GDBN} runs.
c906108c
SS
188@dfn{Target} refers to the system where the program being debugged
189executes. In most cases they are the same machine, in which case a
190third type of @dfn{Native} attributes come into play.
191
192Defines and include files needed to build on the host are host support.
193Examples are tty support, system defined types, host byte order, host
194float format.
195
196Defines and information needed to handle the target format are target
197dependent. Examples are the stack frame format, instruction set,
198breakpoint instruction, registers, and how to set up and tear down the stack
199to call a function.
200
201Information that is only needed when the host and target are the same,
202is native dependent. One example is Unix child process support; if the
203host and target are not the same, doing a fork to start the target
204process is a bad idea. The various macros needed for finding the
205registers in the @code{upage}, running @code{ptrace}, and such are all
206in the native-dependent files.
207
208Another example of native-dependent code is support for features that
209are really part of the target environment, but which require
210@code{#include} files that are only available on the host system. Core
211file handling and @code{setjmp} handling are two common cases.
212
25822942 213When you want to make @value{GDBN} work ``native'' on a particular machine, you
c906108c
SS
214have to include all three kinds of information.
215
25ab7e6d
EZ
216@section Source Tree Structure
217@cindex @value{GDBN} source tree structure
218
219The @value{GDBN} source directory has a mostly flat structure---there
220are only a few subdirectories. A file's name usually gives a hint as
221to what it does; for example, @file{stabsread.c} reads stabs,
222@file{dwarfread.c} reads DWARF, etc.
223
224Files that are related to some common task have names that share
225common substrings. For example, @file{*-thread.c} files deal with
226debugging threads on various platforms; @file{*read.c} files deal with
227reading various kinds of symbol and object files; @file{inf*.c} files
228deal with direct control of the @dfn{inferior program} (@value{GDBN}
229parlance for the program being debugged).
230
231There are several dozens of files in the @file{*-tdep.c} family.
232@samp{tdep} stands for @dfn{target-dependent code}---each of these
233files implements debug support for a specific target architecture
234(sparc, mips, etc). Usually, only one of these will be used in a
235specific @value{GDBN} configuration (sometimes two, closely related).
236
237Similarly, there are many @file{*-nat.c} files, each one for native
238debugging on a specific system (e.g., @file{sparc-linux-nat.c} is for
239native debugging of Sparc machines running the Linux kernel).
240
241The few subdirectories of the source tree are:
242
243@table @file
244@item cli
245Code that implements @dfn{CLI}, the @value{GDBN} Command-Line
246Interpreter. @xref{User Interface, Command Interpreter}.
247
248@item gdbserver
249Code for the @value{GDBN} remote server.
250
251@item gdbtk
252Code for Insight, the @value{GDBN} TK-based GUI front-end.
253
254@item mi
255The @dfn{GDB/MI}, the @value{GDBN} Machine Interface interpreter.
256
257@item signals
258Target signal translation code.
259
260@item tui
261Code for @dfn{TUI}, the @value{GDBN} Text-mode full-screen User
262Interface. @xref{User Interface, TUI}.
263@end table
c906108c
SS
264
265@node Algorithms
266
267@chapter Algorithms
56caf160 268@cindex algorithms
c906108c 269
56caf160
EZ
270@value{GDBN} uses a number of debugging-specific algorithms. They are
271often not very complicated, but get lost in the thicket of special
272cases and real-world issues. This chapter describes the basic
273algorithms and mentions some of the specific target definitions that
274they use.
c906108c
SS
275
276@section Frames
277
56caf160
EZ
278@cindex frame
279@cindex call stack frame
280A frame is a construct that @value{GDBN} uses to keep track of calling
281and called functions.
c906108c 282
410dd08e 283@cindex frame, unwind
c5e30d01
AC
284@value{GDBN}'s frame model, a fresh design, was implemented with the
285need to support @sc{dwarf}'s Call Frame Information in mind. In fact,
286the term ``unwind'' is taken directly from that specification.
287Developers wishing to learn more about unwinders, are encouraged to
d3e8051b 288read the @sc{dwarf} specification.
410dd08e
JB
289
290@findex frame_register_unwind
c5e30d01
AC
291@findex get_frame_register
292@value{GDBN}'s model is that you find a frame's registers by
293``unwinding'' them from the next younger frame. That is,
294@samp{get_frame_register} which returns the value of a register in
295frame #1 (the next-to-youngest frame), is implemented by calling frame
296#0's @code{frame_register_unwind} (the youngest frame). But then the
297obvious question is: how do you access the registers of the youngest
298frame itself?
410dd08e
JB
299
300@cindex sentinel frame
301@findex get_frame_type
302@vindex SENTINEL_FRAME
303To answer this question, GDB has the @dfn{sentinel} frame, the
304``-1st'' frame. Unwinding registers from the sentinel frame gives you
305the current values of the youngest real frame's registers. If @var{f}
306is a sentinel frame, then @code{get_frame_type (@var{f}) ==
307SENTINEL_FRAME}.
308
7d30c22d
JB
309@section Prologue Analysis
310
311@cindex prologue analysis
312@cindex call frame information
313@cindex CFI (call frame information)
314To produce a backtrace and allow the user to manipulate older frames'
315variables and arguments, @value{GDBN} needs to find the base addresses
316of older frames, and discover where those frames' registers have been
317saved. Since a frame's ``callee-saves'' registers get saved by
318younger frames if and when they're reused, a frame's registers may be
319scattered unpredictably across younger frames. This means that
320changing the value of a register-allocated variable in an older frame
321may actually entail writing to a save slot in some younger frame.
322
323Modern versions of GCC emit Dwarf call frame information (``CFI''),
324which describes how to find frame base addresses and saved registers.
325But CFI is not always available, so as a fallback @value{GDBN} uses a
326technique called @dfn{prologue analysis} to find frame sizes and saved
327registers. A prologue analyzer disassembles the function's machine
328code starting from its entry point, and looks for instructions that
329allocate frame space, save the stack pointer in a frame pointer
330register, save registers, and so on. Obviously, this can't be done
b247355e 331accurately in general, but it's tractable to do well enough to be very
7d30c22d
JB
332helpful. Prologue analysis predates the GNU toolchain's support for
333CFI; at one time, prologue analysis was the only mechanism
334@value{GDBN} used for stack unwinding at all, when the function
335calling conventions didn't specify a fixed frame layout.
336
337In the olden days, function prologues were generated by hand-written,
338target-specific code in GCC, and treated as opaque and untouchable by
339optimizers. Looking at this code, it was usually straightforward to
340write a prologue analyzer for @value{GDBN} that would accurately
341understand all the prologues GCC would generate. However, over time
342GCC became more aggressive about instruction scheduling, and began to
343understand more about the semantics of the prologue instructions
344themselves; in response, @value{GDBN}'s analyzers became more complex
345and fragile. Keeping the prologue analyzers working as GCC (and the
346instruction sets themselves) evolved became a substantial task.
347
348@cindex @file{prologue-value.c}
349@cindex abstract interpretation of function prologues
350@cindex pseudo-evaluation of function prologues
351To try to address this problem, the code in @file{prologue-value.h}
352and @file{prologue-value.c} provides a general framework for writing
353prologue analyzers that are simpler and more robust than ad-hoc
354analyzers. When we analyze a prologue using the prologue-value
355framework, we're really doing ``abstract interpretation'' or
356``pseudo-evaluation'': running the function's code in simulation, but
357using conservative approximations of the values registers and memory
358would hold when the code actually runs. For example, if our function
359starts with the instruction:
360
361@example
362addi r1, 42 # add 42 to r1
363@end example
364@noindent
365we don't know exactly what value will be in @code{r1} after executing
366this instruction, but we do know it'll be 42 greater than its original
367value.
368
369If we then see an instruction like:
370
371@example
372addi r1, 22 # add 22 to r1
373@end example
374@noindent
375we still don't know what @code{r1's} value is, but again, we can say
376it is now 64 greater than its original value.
377
378If the next instruction were:
379
380@example
381mov r2, r1 # set r2 to r1's value
382@end example
383@noindent
384then we can say that @code{r2's} value is now the original value of
385@code{r1} plus 64.
386
387It's common for prologues to save registers on the stack, so we'll
388need to track the values of stack frame slots, as well as the
389registers. So after an instruction like this:
390
391@example
392mov (fp+4), r2
393@end example
394@noindent
395then we'd know that the stack slot four bytes above the frame pointer
396holds the original value of @code{r1} plus 64.
397
398And so on.
399
400Of course, this can only go so far before it gets unreasonable. If we
401wanted to be able to say anything about the value of @code{r1} after
402the instruction:
403
404@example
405xor r1, r3 # exclusive-or r1 and r3, place result in r1
406@end example
407@noindent
408then things would get pretty complex. But remember, we're just doing
409a conservative approximation; if exclusive-or instructions aren't
410relevant to prologues, we can just say @code{r1}'s value is now
411``unknown''. We can ignore things that are too complex, if that loss of
412information is acceptable for our application.
413
414So when we say ``conservative approximation'' here, what we mean is an
415approximation that is either accurate, or marked ``unknown'', but
416never inaccurate.
417
418Using this framework, a prologue analyzer is simply an interpreter for
419machine code, but one that uses conservative approximations for the
420contents of registers and memory instead of actual values. Starting
421from the function's entry point, you simulate instructions up to the
422current PC, or an instruction that you don't know how to simulate.
423Now you can examine the state of the registers and stack slots you've
424kept track of.
425
426@itemize @bullet
427
428@item
429To see how large your stack frame is, just check the value of the
430stack pointer register; if it's the original value of the SP
431minus a constant, then that constant is the stack frame's size.
432If the SP's value has been marked as ``unknown'', then that means
433the prologue has done something too complex for us to track, and
434we don't know the frame size.
435
436@item
437To see where we've saved the previous frame's registers, we just
438search the values we've tracked --- stack slots, usually, but
439registers, too, if you want --- for something equal to the register's
440original value. If the calling conventions suggest a standard place
441to save a given register, then we can check there first, but really,
442anything that will get us back the original value will probably work.
443@end itemize
444
445This does take some work. But prologue analyzers aren't
446quick-and-simple pattern patching to recognize a few fixed prologue
447forms any more; they're big, hairy functions. Along with inferior
448function calls, prologue analysis accounts for a substantial portion
449of the time needed to stabilize a @value{GDBN} port. So it's
450worthwhile to look for an approach that will be easier to understand
451and maintain. In the approach described above:
452
453@itemize @bullet
454
455@item
456It's easier to see that the analyzer is correct: you just see
b247355e 457whether the analyzer properly (albeit conservatively) simulates
7d30c22d
JB
458the effect of each instruction.
459
460@item
461It's easier to extend the analyzer: you can add support for new
462instructions, and know that you haven't broken anything that
463wasn't already broken before.
464
465@item
466It's orthogonal: to gather new information, you don't need to
467complicate the code for each instruction. As long as your domain
468of conservative values is already detailed enough to tell you
469what you need, then all the existing instruction simulations are
470already gathering the right data for you.
471
472@end itemize
473
474The file @file{prologue-value.h} contains detailed comments explaining
475the framework and how to use it.
476
477
c906108c
SS
478@section Breakpoint Handling
479
56caf160 480@cindex breakpoints
c906108c
SS
481In general, a breakpoint is a user-designated location in the program
482where the user wants to regain control if program execution ever reaches
483that location.
484
485There are two main ways to implement breakpoints; either as ``hardware''
486breakpoints or as ``software'' breakpoints.
487
56caf160
EZ
488@cindex hardware breakpoints
489@cindex program counter
c906108c
SS
490Hardware breakpoints are sometimes available as a builtin debugging
491features with some chips. Typically these work by having dedicated
492register into which the breakpoint address may be stored. If the PC
56caf160 493(shorthand for @dfn{program counter})
c906108c 494ever matches a value in a breakpoint registers, the CPU raises an
56caf160
EZ
495exception and reports it to @value{GDBN}.
496
497Another possibility is when an emulator is in use; many emulators
498include circuitry that watches the address lines coming out from the
499processor, and force it to stop if the address matches a breakpoint's
500address.
501
502A third possibility is that the target already has the ability to do
503breakpoints somehow; for instance, a ROM monitor may do its own
504software breakpoints. So although these are not literally ``hardware
505breakpoints'', from @value{GDBN}'s point of view they work the same;
50e3ee83 506@value{GDBN} need not do anything more than set the breakpoint and wait
56caf160 507for something to happen.
c906108c
SS
508
509Since they depend on hardware resources, hardware breakpoints may be
56caf160 510limited in number; when the user asks for more, @value{GDBN} will
9742079a 511start trying to set software breakpoints. (On some architectures,
937f164b 512notably the 32-bit x86 platforms, @value{GDBN} cannot always know
9742079a
EZ
513whether there's enough hardware resources to insert all the hardware
514breakpoints and watchpoints. On those platforms, @value{GDBN} prints
515an error message only when the program being debugged is continued.)
56caf160
EZ
516
517@cindex software breakpoints
518Software breakpoints require @value{GDBN} to do somewhat more work.
519The basic theory is that @value{GDBN} will replace a program
520instruction with a trap, illegal divide, or some other instruction
521that will cause an exception, and then when it's encountered,
522@value{GDBN} will take the exception and stop the program. When the
523user says to continue, @value{GDBN} will restore the original
c906108c
SS
524instruction, single-step, re-insert the trap, and continue on.
525
526Since it literally overwrites the program being tested, the program area
be9c6c35 527must be writable, so this technique won't work on programs in ROM. It
c906108c 528can also distort the behavior of programs that examine themselves,
56caf160 529although such a situation would be highly unusual.
c906108c
SS
530
531Also, the software breakpoint instruction should be the smallest size of
532instruction, so it doesn't overwrite an instruction that might be a jump
533target, and cause disaster when the program jumps into the middle of the
534breakpoint instruction. (Strictly speaking, the breakpoint must be no
535larger than the smallest interval between instructions that may be jump
536targets; perhaps there is an architecture where only even-numbered
537instructions may jumped to.) Note that it's possible for an instruction
538set not to have any instructions usable for a software breakpoint,
539although in practice only the ARC has failed to define such an
540instruction.
541
56caf160 542@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
543The basic definition of the software breakpoint is the macro
544@code{BREAKPOINT}.
545
546Basic breakpoint object handling is in @file{breakpoint.c}. However,
547much of the interesting breakpoint action is in @file{infrun.c}.
548
8181d85f
DJ
549@table @code
550@cindex insert or remove software breakpoint
551@findex target_remove_breakpoint
552@findex target_insert_breakpoint
553@item target_remove_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
554@itemx target_insert_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
555Insert or remove a software breakpoint at address
556@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
557non-zero for failure. On input, @var{bp_tgt} contains the address of the
558breakpoint, and is otherwise initialized to zero. The fields of the
559@code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by @var{bp_tgt} are updated
560to contain other information about the breakpoint on output. The field
561@code{placed_address} may be updated if the breakpoint was placed at a
562related address; the field @code{shadow_contents} contains the real
563contents of the bytes where the breakpoint has been inserted,
564if reading memory would return the breakpoint instead of the
565underlying memory; the field @code{shadow_len} is the length of
566memory cached in @code{shadow_contents}, if any; and the field
567@code{placed_size} is optionally set and used by the target, if
568it could differ from @code{shadow_len}.
569
570For example, the remote target @samp{Z0} packet does not require
571shadowing memory, so @code{shadow_len} is left at zero. However,
572the length reported by @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} is cached in
573@code{placed_size}, so that a matching @samp{z0} packet can be
574used to remove the breakpoint.
575
576@cindex insert or remove hardware breakpoint
577@findex target_remove_hw_breakpoint
578@findex target_insert_hw_breakpoint
579@item target_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
580@itemx target_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
581Insert or remove a hardware-assisted breakpoint at address
582@code{@var{bp_tgt}->placed_address}. Returns zero for success,
583non-zero for failure. See @code{target_insert_breakpoint} for
584a description of the @code{struct bp_target_info} pointed to by
585@var{bp_tgt}; the @code{shadow_contents} and
586@code{shadow_len} members are not used for hardware breakpoints,
587but @code{placed_size} may be.
588@end table
589
c906108c
SS
590@section Single Stepping
591
592@section Signal Handling
593
594@section Thread Handling
595
596@section Inferior Function Calls
597
598@section Longjmp Support
599
56caf160 600@cindex @code{longjmp} debugging
25822942 601@value{GDBN} has support for figuring out that the target is doing a
c906108c
SS
602@code{longjmp} and for stopping at the target of the jump, if we are
603stepping. This is done with a few specialized internal breakpoints,
56caf160
EZ
604which are visible in the output of the @samp{maint info breakpoint}
605command.
c906108c 606
56caf160 607@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
608To make this work, you need to define a macro called
609@code{GET_LONGJMP_TARGET}, which will examine the @code{jmp_buf}
610structure and extract the longjmp target address. Since @code{jmp_buf}
611is target specific, you will need to define it in the appropriate
56caf160 612@file{tm-@var{target}.h} file. Look in @file{tm-sun4os4.h} and
c906108c
SS
613@file{sparc-tdep.c} for examples of how to do this.
614
9742079a
EZ
615@section Watchpoints
616@cindex watchpoints
617
618Watchpoints are a special kind of breakpoints (@pxref{Algorithms,
619breakpoints}) which break when data is accessed rather than when some
620instruction is executed. When you have data which changes without
621your knowing what code does that, watchpoints are the silver bullet to
622hunt down and kill such bugs.
623
624@cindex hardware watchpoints
625@cindex software watchpoints
626Watchpoints can be either hardware-assisted or not; the latter type is
627known as ``software watchpoints.'' @value{GDBN} always uses
628hardware-assisted watchpoints if they are available, and falls back on
629software watchpoints otherwise. Typical situations where @value{GDBN}
630will use software watchpoints are:
631
632@itemize @bullet
633@item
634The watched memory region is too large for the underlying hardware
635watchpoint support. For example, each x86 debug register can watch up
636to 4 bytes of memory, so trying to watch data structures whose size is
637more than 16 bytes will cause @value{GDBN} to use software
638watchpoints.
639
640@item
641The value of the expression to be watched depends on data held in
642registers (as opposed to memory).
643
644@item
645Too many different watchpoints requested. (On some architectures,
646this situation is impossible to detect until the debugged program is
647resumed.) Note that x86 debug registers are used both for hardware
648breakpoints and for watchpoints, so setting too many hardware
649breakpoints might cause watchpoint insertion to fail.
650
651@item
652No hardware-assisted watchpoints provided by the target
653implementation.
654@end itemize
655
656Software watchpoints are very slow, since @value{GDBN} needs to
657single-step the program being debugged and test the value of the
658watched expression(s) after each instruction. The rest of this
659section is mostly irrelevant for software watchpoints.
660
b6b8ece6
EZ
661When the inferior stops, @value{GDBN} tries to establish, among other
662possible reasons, whether it stopped due to a watchpoint being hit.
663For a data-write watchpoint, it does so by evaluating, for each
664watchpoint, the expression whose value is being watched, and testing
665whether the watched value has changed. For data-read and data-access
666watchpoints, @value{GDBN} needs the target to supply a primitive that
667returns the address of the data that was accessed or read (see the
668description of @code{target_stopped_data_address} below): if this
669primitive returns a valid address, @value{GDBN} infers that a
670watchpoint triggered if it watches an expression whose evaluation uses
671that address.
672
9742079a
EZ
673@value{GDBN} uses several macros and primitives to support hardware
674watchpoints:
675
676@table @code
677@findex TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
678@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
679If defined, the target supports hardware watchpoints.
680
681@findex TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT
682@item TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (@var{type}, @var{count}, @var{other})
683Return the number of hardware watchpoints of type @var{type} that are
684possible to be set. The value is positive if @var{count} watchpoints
685of this type can be set, zero if setting watchpoints of this type is
686not supported, and negative if @var{count} is more than the maximum
687number of watchpoints of type @var{type} that can be set. @var{other}
688is non-zero if other types of watchpoints are currently enabled (there
689are architectures which cannot set watchpoints of different types at
690the same time).
691
692@findex TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT
693@item TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (@var{addr}, @var{len})
694Return non-zero if hardware watchpoints can be used to watch a region
695whose address is @var{addr} and whose length in bytes is @var{len}.
696
b6b8ece6 697@cindex insert or remove hardware watchpoint
9742079a
EZ
698@findex target_insert_watchpoint
699@findex target_remove_watchpoint
700@item target_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
701@itemx target_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
702Insert or remove a hardware watchpoint starting at @var{addr}, for
703@var{len} bytes. @var{type} is the watchpoint type, one of the
704possible values of the enumerated data type @code{target_hw_bp_type},
705defined by @file{breakpoint.h} as follows:
706
474c8240 707@smallexample
9742079a
EZ
708 enum target_hw_bp_type
709 @{
710 hw_write = 0, /* Common (write) HW watchpoint */
711 hw_read = 1, /* Read HW watchpoint */
712 hw_access = 2, /* Access (read or write) HW watchpoint */
713 hw_execute = 3 /* Execute HW breakpoint */
714 @};
474c8240 715@end smallexample
9742079a
EZ
716
717@noindent
718These two macros should return 0 for success, non-zero for failure.
719
9742079a 720@findex target_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
721@item target_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
722If the inferior has some watchpoint that triggered, place the address
723associated with the watchpoint at the location pointed to by
b6b8ece6
EZ
724@var{addr_p} and return non-zero. Otherwise, return zero. Note that
725this primitive is used by @value{GDBN} only on targets that support
726data-read or data-access type watchpoints, so targets that have
727support only for data-write watchpoints need not implement these
728primitives.
9742079a 729
9742079a
EZ
730@findex HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
731@item HAVE_STEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
732If defined to a non-zero value, it is not necessary to disable a
733watchpoint to step over it.
734
735@findex HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
736@item HAVE_NONSTEPPABLE_WATCHPOINT
737If defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} should disable a
738watchpoint to step the inferior over it.
739
740@findex HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
741@item HAVE_CONTINUABLE_WATCHPOINT
742If defined to a non-zero value, it is possible to continue the
743inferior after a watchpoint has been hit.
744
745@findex CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
746@item CANNOT_STEP_HW_WATCHPOINTS
747If this is defined to a non-zero value, @value{GDBN} will remove all
748watchpoints before stepping the inferior.
749
750@findex STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT
751@item STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT (@var{wait_status})
752Return non-zero if stopped by a watchpoint. @var{wait_status} is of
753the type @code{struct target_waitstatus}, defined by @file{target.h}.
b6b8ece6
EZ
754Normally, this macro is defined to invoke the function pointed to by
755the @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} member of the structure (of the
756type @code{target_ops}, defined on @file{target.h}) that describes the
757target-specific operations; @code{to_stopped_by_watchpoint} ignores
758the @var{wait_status} argument.
759
760@value{GDBN} does not require the non-zero value returned by
761@code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} to be 100% correct, so if a target cannot
762determine for sure whether the inferior stopped due to a watchpoint,
763it could return non-zero ``just in case''.
9742079a
EZ
764@end table
765
766@subsection x86 Watchpoints
767@cindex x86 debug registers
768@cindex watchpoints, on x86
769
770The 32-bit Intel x86 (a.k.a.@: ia32) processors feature special debug
771registers designed to facilitate debugging. @value{GDBN} provides a
772generic library of functions that x86-based ports can use to implement
773support for watchpoints and hardware-assisted breakpoints. This
774subsection documents the x86 watchpoint facilities in @value{GDBN}.
775
776To use the generic x86 watchpoint support, a port should do the
777following:
778
779@itemize @bullet
780@findex I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
781@item
782Define the macro @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS} somewhere in the
783target-dependent headers.
784
785@item
786Include the @file{config/i386/nm-i386.h} header file @emph{after}
787defining @code{I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
788
789@item
790Add @file{i386-nat.o} to the value of the Make variable
791@code{NATDEPFILES} (@pxref{Native Debugging, NATDEPFILES}) or
792@code{TDEPFILES} (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition, TDEPFILES}).
793
794@item
795Provide implementations for the @code{I386_DR_LOW_*} macros described
796below. Typically, each macro should call a target-specific function
797which does the real work.
798@end itemize
799
800The x86 watchpoint support works by maintaining mirror images of the
801debug registers. Values are copied between the mirror images and the
802real debug registers via a set of macros which each target needs to
803provide:
804
805@table @code
806@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL
807@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL (@var{val})
808Set the Debug Control (DR7) register to the value @var{val}.
809
810@findex I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR
811@item I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR (@var{idx}, @var{addr})
812Put the address @var{addr} into the debug register number @var{idx}.
813
814@findex I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR
815@item I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR (@var{idx})
816Reset (i.e.@: zero out) the address stored in the debug register
817number @var{idx}.
818
819@findex I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
820@item I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS
821Return the value of the Debug Status (DR6) register. This value is
822used immediately after it is returned by
823@code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}, so as to support per-thread status
824register values.
825@end table
826
827For each one of the 4 debug registers (whose indices are from 0 to 3)
828that store addresses, a reference count is maintained by @value{GDBN},
829to allow sharing of debug registers by several watchpoints. This
830allows users to define several watchpoints that watch the same
831expression, but with different conditions and/or commands, without
832wasting debug registers which are in short supply. @value{GDBN}
833maintains the reference counts internally, targets don't have to do
834anything to use this feature.
835
836The x86 debug registers can each watch a region that is 1, 2, or 4
837bytes long. The ia32 architecture requires that each watched region
838be appropriately aligned: 2-byte region on 2-byte boundary, 4-byte
839region on 4-byte boundary. However, the x86 watchpoint support in
840@value{GDBN} can watch unaligned regions and regions larger than 4
841bytes (up to 16 bytes) by allocating several debug registers to watch
842a single region. This allocation of several registers per a watched
843region is also done automatically without target code intervention.
844
845The generic x86 watchpoint support provides the following API for the
846@value{GDBN}'s application code:
847
848@table @code
849@findex i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint
850@item i386_region_ok_for_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len})
851The macro @code{TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT} is set to call
852this function. It counts the number of debug registers required to
853watch a given region, and returns a non-zero value if that number is
854less than 4, the number of debug registers available to x86
855processors.
856
857@findex i386_stopped_data_address
ac77d04f
JJ
858@item i386_stopped_data_address (@var{addr_p})
859The target function
860@code{target_stopped_data_address} is set to call this function.
861This
9742079a
EZ
862function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
863Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
864macro, and returns the address associated with the first bit that is
865set in DR6.
866
ac77d04f
JJ
867@findex i386_stopped_by_watchpoint
868@item i386_stopped_by_watchpoint (void)
869The macro @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT}
870is set to call this function. The
871argument passed to @code{STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT} is ignored. This
872function examines the breakpoint condition bits in the DR6 Debug
873Status register, as returned by the @code{I386_DR_LOW_GET_STATUS}
874macro, and returns true if any bit is set. Otherwise, false is
875returned.
876
9742079a
EZ
877@findex i386_insert_watchpoint
878@findex i386_remove_watchpoint
879@item i386_insert_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
880@itemx i386_remove_watchpoint (@var{addr}, @var{len}, @var{type})
881Insert or remove a watchpoint. The macros
882@code{target_insert_watchpoint} and @code{target_remove_watchpoint}
883are set to call these functions. @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} first
884looks for a debug register which is already set to watch the same
885region for the same access types; if found, it just increments the
886reference count of that debug register, thus implementing debug
887register sharing between watchpoints. If no such register is found,
937f164b
FF
888the function looks for a vacant debug register, sets its mirrored
889value to @var{addr}, sets the mirrored value of DR7 Debug Control
9742079a
EZ
890register as appropriate for the @var{len} and @var{type} parameters,
891and then passes the new values of the debug register and DR7 to the
892inferior by calling @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_ADDR} and
893@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If more than one debug register is
894required to cover the given region, the above process is repeated for
895each debug register.
896
897@code{i386_remove_watchpoint} does the opposite: it resets the address
937f164b
FF
898in the mirrored value of the debug register and its read/write and
899length bits in the mirrored value of DR7, then passes these new
9742079a
EZ
900values to the inferior via @code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and
901@code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL}. If a register is shared by several
902watchpoints, each time a @code{i386_remove_watchpoint} is called, it
903decrements the reference count, and only calls
904@code{I386_DR_LOW_RESET_ADDR} and @code{I386_DR_LOW_SET_CONTROL} when
905the count goes to zero.
906
907@findex i386_insert_hw_breakpoint
908@findex i386_remove_hw_breakpoint
8181d85f
DJ
909@item i386_insert_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
910@itemx i386_remove_hw_breakpoint (@var{bp_tgt})
9742079a
EZ
911These functions insert and remove hardware-assisted breakpoints. The
912macros @code{target_insert_hw_breakpoint} and
913@code{target_remove_hw_breakpoint} are set to call these functions.
8181d85f
DJ
914The argument is a @code{struct bp_target_info *}, as described in
915the documentation for @code{target_insert_breakpoint}.
9742079a
EZ
916These functions work like @code{i386_insert_watchpoint} and
917@code{i386_remove_watchpoint}, respectively, except that they set up
918the debug registers to watch instruction execution, and each
919hardware-assisted breakpoint always requires exactly one debug
920register.
921
922@findex i386_stopped_by_hwbp
923@item i386_stopped_by_hwbp (void)
924This function returns non-zero if the inferior has some watchpoint or
925hardware breakpoint that triggered. It works like
ac77d04f 926@code{i386_stopped_data_address}, except that it doesn't record the
9742079a
EZ
927address whose watchpoint triggered.
928
929@findex i386_cleanup_dregs
930@item i386_cleanup_dregs (void)
931This function clears all the reference counts, addresses, and control
932bits in the mirror images of the debug registers. It doesn't affect
933the actual debug registers in the inferior process.
934@end table
935
936@noindent
937@strong{Notes:}
938@enumerate 1
939@item
940x86 processors support setting watchpoints on I/O reads or writes.
941However, since no target supports this (as of March 2001), and since
942@code{enum target_hw_bp_type} doesn't even have an enumeration for I/O
943watchpoints, this feature is not yet available to @value{GDBN} running
944on x86.
945
946@item
947x86 processors can enable watchpoints locally, for the current task
948only, or globally, for all the tasks. For each debug register,
949there's a bit in the DR7 Debug Control register that determines
950whether the associated address is watched locally or globally. The
951current implementation of x86 watchpoint support in @value{GDBN}
952always sets watchpoints to be locally enabled, since global
953watchpoints might interfere with the underlying OS and are probably
954unavailable in many platforms.
955@end enumerate
956
5c95884b
MS
957@section Checkpoints
958@cindex checkpoints
959@cindex restart
960In the abstract, a checkpoint is a point in the execution history of
961the program, which the user may wish to return to at some later time.
962
963Internally, a checkpoint is a saved copy of the program state, including
964whatever information is required in order to restore the program to that
965state at a later time. This can be expected to include the state of
966registers and memory, and may include external state such as the state
967of open files and devices.
968
969There are a number of ways in which checkpoints may be implemented
b247355e 970in gdb, e.g.@: as corefiles, as forked processes, and as some opaque
5c95884b
MS
971method implemented on the target side.
972
973A corefile can be used to save an image of target memory and register
974state, which can in principle be restored later --- but corefiles do
975not typically include information about external entities such as
976open files. Currently this method is not implemented in gdb.
977
978A forked process can save the state of user memory and registers,
979as well as some subset of external (kernel) state. This method
980is used to implement checkpoints on Linux, and in principle might
981be used on other systems.
982
b247355e 983Some targets, e.g.@: simulators, might have their own built-in
5c95884b
MS
984method for saving checkpoints, and gdb might be able to take
985advantage of that capability without necessarily knowing any
986details of how it is done.
987
988
bcd7e15f
JB
989@section Observing changes in @value{GDBN} internals
990@cindex observer pattern interface
991@cindex notifications about changes in internals
992
993In order to function properly, several modules need to be notified when
994some changes occur in the @value{GDBN} internals. Traditionally, these
995modules have relied on several paradigms, the most common ones being
996hooks and gdb-events. Unfortunately, none of these paradigms was
997versatile enough to become the standard notification mechanism in
998@value{GDBN}. The fact that they only supported one ``client'' was also
999a strong limitation.
1000
1001A new paradigm, based on the Observer pattern of the @cite{Design
1002Patterns} book, has therefore been implemented. The goal was to provide
1003a new interface overcoming the issues with the notification mechanisms
1004previously available. This new interface needed to be strongly typed,
1005easy to extend, and versatile enough to be used as the standard
1006interface when adding new notifications.
1007
1008See @ref{GDB Observers} for a brief description of the observers
1009currently implemented in GDB. The rationale for the current
1010implementation is also briefly discussed.
1011
c906108c
SS
1012@node User Interface
1013
1014@chapter User Interface
1015
25822942 1016@value{GDBN} has several user interfaces. Although the command-line interface
c906108c
SS
1017is the most common and most familiar, there are others.
1018
1019@section Command Interpreter
1020
56caf160 1021@cindex command interpreter
0ee54786 1022@cindex CLI
25822942 1023The command interpreter in @value{GDBN} is fairly simple. It is designed to
c906108c
SS
1024allow for the set of commands to be augmented dynamically, and also
1025has a recursive subcommand capability, where the first argument to
1026a command may itself direct a lookup on a different command list.
1027
56caf160
EZ
1028For instance, the @samp{set} command just starts a lookup on the
1029@code{setlist} command list, while @samp{set thread} recurses
c906108c
SS
1030to the @code{set_thread_cmd_list}.
1031
56caf160
EZ
1032@findex add_cmd
1033@findex add_com
c906108c
SS
1034To add commands in general, use @code{add_cmd}. @code{add_com} adds to
1035the main command list, and should be used for those commands. The usual
cfeada60 1036place to add commands is in the @code{_initialize_@var{xyz}} routines at
9742079a 1037the ends of most source files.
cfeada60 1038
40dd2248
TT
1039@findex add_setshow_cmd
1040@findex add_setshow_cmd_full
1041To add paired @samp{set} and @samp{show} commands, use
1042@code{add_setshow_cmd} or @code{add_setshow_cmd_full}. The former is
1043a slightly simpler interface which is useful when you don't need to
1044further modify the new command structures, while the latter returns
1045the new command structures for manipulation.
1046
56caf160
EZ
1047@cindex deprecating commands
1048@findex deprecate_cmd
cfeada60
FN
1049Before removing commands from the command set it is a good idea to
1050deprecate them for some time. Use @code{deprecate_cmd} on commands or
1051aliases to set the deprecated flag. @code{deprecate_cmd} takes a
1052@code{struct cmd_list_element} as it's first argument. You can use the
1053return value from @code{add_com} or @code{add_cmd} to deprecate the
1054command immediately after it is created.
1055
c72e7388 1056The first time a command is used the user will be warned and offered a
cfeada60 1057replacement (if one exists). Note that the replacement string passed to
d3e8051b 1058@code{deprecate_cmd} should be the full name of the command, i.e., the
cfeada60 1059entire string the user should type at the command line.
c906108c 1060
0ee54786
EZ
1061@section UI-Independent Output---the @code{ui_out} Functions
1062@c This section is based on the documentation written by Fernando
1063@c Nasser <fnasser@redhat.com>.
1064
1065@cindex @code{ui_out} functions
1066The @code{ui_out} functions present an abstraction level for the
1067@value{GDBN} output code. They hide the specifics of different user
1068interfaces supported by @value{GDBN}, and thus free the programmer
1069from the need to write several versions of the same code, one each for
1070every UI, to produce output.
1071
1072@subsection Overview and Terminology
1073
1074In general, execution of each @value{GDBN} command produces some sort
1075of output, and can even generate an input request.
1076
1077Output can be generated for the following purposes:
1078
1079@itemize @bullet
1080@item
1081to display a @emph{result} of an operation;
1082
1083@item
1084to convey @emph{info} or produce side-effects of a requested
1085operation;
1086
1087@item
1088to provide a @emph{notification} of an asynchronous event (including
1089progress indication of a prolonged asynchronous operation);
1090
1091@item
1092to display @emph{error messages} (including warnings);
1093
1094@item
1095to show @emph{debug data};
1096
1097@item
1098to @emph{query} or prompt a user for input (a special case).
1099@end itemize
1100
1101@noindent
1102This section mainly concentrates on how to build result output,
1103although some of it also applies to other kinds of output.
1104
1105Generation of output that displays the results of an operation
1106involves one or more of the following:
1107
1108@itemize @bullet
1109@item
1110output of the actual data
1111
1112@item
1113formatting the output as appropriate for console output, to make it
1114easily readable by humans
1115
1116@item
1117machine oriented formatting--a more terse formatting to allow for easy
1118parsing by programs which read @value{GDBN}'s output
1119
1120@item
c72e7388
AC
1121annotation, whose purpose is to help legacy GUIs to identify interesting
1122parts in the output
0ee54786
EZ
1123@end itemize
1124
1125The @code{ui_out} routines take care of the first three aspects.
c72e7388
AC
1126Annotations are provided by separate annotation routines. Note that use
1127of annotations for an interface between a GUI and @value{GDBN} is
0ee54786
EZ
1128deprecated.
1129
c72e7388
AC
1130Output can be in the form of a single item, which we call a @dfn{field};
1131a @dfn{list} consisting of identical fields; a @dfn{tuple} consisting of
1132non-identical fields; or a @dfn{table}, which is a tuple consisting of a
1133header and a body. In a BNF-like form:
0ee54786 1134
c72e7388
AC
1135@table @code
1136@item <table> @expansion{}
1137@code{<header> <body>}
1138@item <header> @expansion{}
1139@code{@{ <column> @}}
1140@item <column> @expansion{}
1141@code{<width> <alignment> <title>}
1142@item <body> @expansion{}
1143@code{@{<row>@}}
1144@end table
0ee54786
EZ
1145
1146
1147@subsection General Conventions
1148
c72e7388
AC
1149Most @code{ui_out} routines are of type @code{void}, the exceptions are
1150@code{ui_out_stream_new} (which returns a pointer to the newly created
1151object) and the @code{make_cleanup} routines.
0ee54786 1152
c72e7388
AC
1153The first parameter is always the @code{ui_out} vector object, a pointer
1154to a @code{struct ui_out}.
0ee54786 1155
c72e7388
AC
1156The @var{format} parameter is like in @code{printf} family of functions.
1157When it is present, there must also be a variable list of arguments
1158sufficient used to satisfy the @code{%} specifiers in the supplied
0ee54786
EZ
1159format.
1160
c72e7388
AC
1161When a character string argument is not used in a @code{ui_out} function
1162call, a @code{NULL} pointer has to be supplied instead.
0ee54786
EZ
1163
1164
c72e7388 1165@subsection Table, Tuple and List Functions
0ee54786
EZ
1166
1167@cindex list output functions
1168@cindex table output functions
c72e7388
AC
1169@cindex tuple output functions
1170This section introduces @code{ui_out} routines for building lists,
1171tuples and tables. The routines to output the actual data items
1172(fields) are presented in the next section.
0ee54786 1173
c72e7388
AC
1174To recap: A @dfn{tuple} is a sequence of @dfn{fields}, each field
1175containing information about an object; a @dfn{list} is a sequence of
1176fields where each field describes an identical object.
0ee54786 1177
c72e7388
AC
1178Use the @dfn{table} functions when your output consists of a list of
1179rows (tuples) and the console output should include a heading. Use this
1180even when you are listing just one object but you still want the header.
0ee54786
EZ
1181
1182@cindex nesting level in @code{ui_out} functions
c72e7388
AC
1183Tables can not be nested. Tuples and lists can be nested up to a
1184maximum of five levels.
0ee54786
EZ
1185
1186The overall structure of the table output code is something like this:
1187
474c8240 1188@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1189 ui_out_table_begin
1190 ui_out_table_header
c72e7388 1191 @dots{}
0ee54786 1192 ui_out_table_body
c72e7388 1193 ui_out_tuple_begin
0ee54786 1194 ui_out_field_*
c72e7388
AC
1195 @dots{}
1196 ui_out_tuple_end
1197 @dots{}
0ee54786 1198 ui_out_table_end
474c8240 1199@end smallexample
0ee54786 1200
c72e7388 1201Here is the description of table-, tuple- and list-related @code{ui_out}
0ee54786
EZ
1202functions:
1203
c72e7388
AC
1204@deftypefun void ui_out_table_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nbrofcols}, int @var{nr_rows}, const char *@var{tblid})
1205The function @code{ui_out_table_begin} marks the beginning of the output
1206of a table. It should always be called before any other @code{ui_out}
1207function for a given table. @var{nbrofcols} is the number of columns in
1208the table. @var{nr_rows} is the number of rows in the table.
1209@var{tblid} is an optional string identifying the table. The string
1210pointed to by @var{tblid} is copied by the implementation of
1211@code{ui_out_table_begin}, so the application can free the string if it
1212was @code{malloc}ed.
0ee54786
EZ
1213
1214The companion function @code{ui_out_table_end}, described below, marks
1215the end of the table's output.
1216@end deftypefun
1217
c72e7388
AC
1218@deftypefun void ui_out_table_header (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{colhdr})
1219@code{ui_out_table_header} provides the header information for a single
1220table column. You call this function several times, one each for every
1221column of the table, after @code{ui_out_table_begin}, but before
1222@code{ui_out_table_body}.
0ee54786
EZ
1223
1224The value of @var{width} gives the column width in characters. The
1225value of @var{alignment} is one of @code{left}, @code{center}, and
1226@code{right}, and it specifies how to align the header: left-justify,
1227center, or right-justify it. @var{colhdr} points to a string that
1228specifies the column header; the implementation copies that string, so
c72e7388
AC
1229column header strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed after the
1230call.
0ee54786
EZ
1231@end deftypefun
1232
1233@deftypefun void ui_out_table_body (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388 1234This function delimits the table header from the table body.
0ee54786
EZ
1235@end deftypefun
1236
1237@deftypefun void ui_out_table_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1238This function signals the end of a table's output. It should be called
1239after the table body has been produced by the list and field output
1240functions.
0ee54786
EZ
1241
1242There should be exactly one call to @code{ui_out_table_end} for each
c72e7388
AC
1243call to @code{ui_out_table_begin}, otherwise the @code{ui_out} functions
1244will signal an internal error.
0ee54786
EZ
1245@end deftypefun
1246
c72e7388 1247The output of the tuples that represent the table rows must follow the
0ee54786 1248call to @code{ui_out_table_body} and precede the call to
c72e7388
AC
1249@code{ui_out_table_end}. You build a tuple by calling
1250@code{ui_out_tuple_begin} and @code{ui_out_tuple_end}, with suitable
0ee54786
EZ
1251calls to functions which actually output fields between them.
1252
c72e7388
AC
1253@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1254This function marks the beginning of a tuple output. @var{id} points
1255to an optional string that identifies the tuple; it is copied by the
1256implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1257after the call.
1258@end deftypefun
1259
1260@deftypefun void ui_out_tuple_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1261This function signals an end of a tuple output. There should be exactly
1262one call to @code{ui_out_tuple_end} for each call to
1263@code{ui_out_tuple_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1264be signaled.
1265@end deftypefun
1266
1267@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1268This function first opens the tuple and then establishes a cleanup
1269(@pxref{Coding, Cleanups}) to close the tuple. It provides a convenient
1270and correct implementation of the non-portable@footnote{The function
b9aa90c9 1271cast is not portable ISO C.} code sequence:
c72e7388
AC
1272@smallexample
1273struct cleanup *old_cleanup;
1274ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "...");
1275old_cleanup = make_cleanup ((void(*)(void *)) ui_out_tuple_end,
1276 uiout);
1277@end smallexample
1278@end deftypefun
1279
1280@deftypefun void ui_out_list_begin (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1281This function marks the beginning of a list output. @var{id} points to
1282an optional string that identifies the list; it is copied by the
1283implementation, and so strings in @code{malloc}ed storage can be freed
1284after the call.
0ee54786
EZ
1285@end deftypefun
1286
1287@deftypefun void ui_out_list_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
c72e7388
AC
1288This function signals an end of a list output. There should be exactly
1289one call to @code{ui_out_list_end} for each call to
1290@code{ui_out_list_begin}, otherwise an internal @value{GDBN} error will
1291be signaled.
1292@end deftypefun
1293
1294@deftypefun struct cleanup *make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{id})
1295Similar to @code{make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end}, this function
1296opens a list and then establishes cleanup (@pxref{Coding, Cleanups})
1297that will close the list.list.
0ee54786
EZ
1298@end deftypefun
1299
1300@subsection Item Output Functions
1301
1302@cindex item output functions
1303@cindex field output functions
1304@cindex data output
1305The functions described below produce output for the actual data
1306items, or fields, which contain information about the object.
1307
1308Choose the appropriate function accordingly to your particular needs.
1309
1310@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{fldname}, char *@var{format}, ...)
1311This is the most general output function. It produces the
1312representation of the data in the variable-length argument list
1313according to formatting specifications in @var{format}, a
1314@code{printf}-like format string. The optional argument @var{fldname}
1315supplies the name of the field. The data items themselves are
1316supplied as additional arguments after @var{format}.
1317
1318This generic function should be used only when it is not possible to
1319use one of the specialized versions (see below).
1320@end deftypefun
1321
c72e7388 1322@deftypefun void ui_out_field_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
0ee54786
EZ
1323This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It uses the
1324@code{"%d"} output conversion specification. @var{fldname} specifies
1325the name of the field.
1326@end deftypefun
8d19fbd2
JJ
1327
1328@deftypefun void ui_out_field_fmt_int (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{width}, enum ui_align @var{alignment}, const char *@var{fldname}, int @var{value})
1329This function outputs a value of an @code{int} variable. It differs from
1330@code{ui_out_field_int} in that the caller specifies the desired @var{width} and @var{alignment} of the output.
1331@var{fldname} specifies
1332the name of the field.
1333@end deftypefun
0ee54786 1334
c72e7388 1335@deftypefun void ui_out_field_core_addr (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, CORE_ADDR @var{address})
0ee54786
EZ
1336This function outputs an address.
1337@end deftypefun
1338
c72e7388 1339@deftypefun void ui_out_field_string (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1340This function outputs a string using the @code{"%s"} conversion
1341specification.
1342@end deftypefun
1343
1344Sometimes, there's a need to compose your output piece by piece using
1345functions that operate on a stream, such as @code{value_print} or
1346@code{fprintf_symbol_filtered}. These functions accept an argument of
1347the type @code{struct ui_file *}, a pointer to a @code{ui_file} object
1348used to store the data stream used for the output. When you use one
1349of these functions, you need a way to pass their results stored in a
1350@code{ui_file} object to the @code{ui_out} functions. To this end,
1351you first create a @code{ui_stream} object by calling
1352@code{ui_out_stream_new}, pass the @code{stream} member of that
1353@code{ui_stream} object to @code{value_print} and similar functions,
1354and finally call @code{ui_out_field_stream} to output the field you
1355constructed. When the @code{ui_stream} object is no longer needed,
1356you should destroy it and free its memory by calling
1357@code{ui_out_stream_delete}.
1358
1359@deftypefun struct ui_stream *ui_out_stream_new (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1360This function creates a new @code{ui_stream} object which uses the
1361same output methods as the @code{ui_out} object whose pointer is
1362passed in @var{uiout}. It returns a pointer to the newly created
1363@code{ui_stream} object.
1364@end deftypefun
1365
1366@deftypefun void ui_out_stream_delete (struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
1367This functions destroys a @code{ui_stream} object specified by
1368@var{streambuf}.
1369@end deftypefun
1370
c72e7388 1371@deftypefun void ui_out_field_stream (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fieldname}, struct ui_stream *@var{streambuf})
0ee54786
EZ
1372This function consumes all the data accumulated in
1373@code{streambuf->stream} and outputs it like
1374@code{ui_out_field_string} does. After a call to
1375@code{ui_out_field_stream}, the accumulated data no longer exists, but
1376the stream is still valid and may be used for producing more fields.
1377@end deftypefun
1378
1379@strong{Important:} If there is any chance that your code could bail
1380out before completing output generation and reaching the point where
1381@code{ui_out_stream_delete} is called, it is necessary to set up a
1382cleanup, to avoid leaking memory and other resources. Here's a
1383skeleton code to do that:
1384
1385@smallexample
1386 struct ui_stream *mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1387 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1388 ...
1389 do_cleanups (old);
1390@end smallexample
1391
1392If the function already has the old cleanup chain set (for other kinds
1393of cleanups), you just have to add your cleanup to it:
1394
1395@smallexample
1396 mybuf = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1397 make_cleanup (ui_out_stream_delete, mybuf);
1398@end smallexample
1399
1400Note that with cleanups in place, you should not call
1401@code{ui_out_stream_delete} directly, or you would attempt to free the
1402same buffer twice.
1403
1404@subsection Utility Output Functions
1405
c72e7388 1406@deftypefun void ui_out_field_skip (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{fldname})
0ee54786
EZ
1407This function skips a field in a table. Use it if you have to leave
1408an empty field without disrupting the table alignment. The argument
1409@var{fldname} specifies a name for the (missing) filed.
1410@end deftypefun
1411
c72e7388 1412@deftypefun void ui_out_text (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, const char *@var{string})
0ee54786
EZ
1413This function outputs the text in @var{string} in a way that makes it
1414easy to be read by humans. For example, the console implementation of
1415this method filters the text through a built-in pager, to prevent it
1416from scrolling off the visible portion of the screen.
1417
1418Use this function for printing relatively long chunks of text around
1419the actual field data: the text it produces is not aligned according
1420to the table's format. Use @code{ui_out_field_string} to output a
1421string field, and use @code{ui_out_message}, described below, to
1422output short messages.
1423@end deftypefun
1424
1425@deftypefun void ui_out_spaces (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{nspaces})
1426This function outputs @var{nspaces} spaces. It is handy to align the
1427text produced by @code{ui_out_text} with the rest of the table or
1428list.
1429@end deftypefun
1430
c72e7388 1431@deftypefun void ui_out_message (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, int @var{verbosity}, const char *@var{format}, ...)
0ee54786
EZ
1432This function produces a formatted message, provided that the current
1433verbosity level is at least as large as given by @var{verbosity}. The
1434current verbosity level is specified by the user with the @samp{set
1435verbositylevel} command.@footnote{As of this writing (April 2001),
1436setting verbosity level is not yet implemented, and is always returned
1437as zero. So calling @code{ui_out_message} with a @var{verbosity}
1438argument more than zero will cause the message to never be printed.}
1439@end deftypefun
1440
1441@deftypefun void ui_out_wrap_hint (struct ui_out *@var{uiout}, char *@var{indent})
1442This function gives the console output filter (a paging filter) a hint
1443of where to break lines which are too long. Ignored for all other
1444output consumers. @var{indent}, if non-@code{NULL}, is the string to
1445be printed to indent the wrapped text on the next line; it must remain
1446accessible until the next call to @code{ui_out_wrap_hint}, or until an
1447explicit newline is produced by one of the other functions. If
1448@var{indent} is @code{NULL}, the wrapped text will not be indented.
1449@end deftypefun
1450
1451@deftypefun void ui_out_flush (struct ui_out *@var{uiout})
1452This function flushes whatever output has been accumulated so far, if
1453the UI buffers output.
1454@end deftypefun
1455
1456
1457@subsection Examples of Use of @code{ui_out} functions
1458
1459@cindex using @code{ui_out} functions
1460@cindex @code{ui_out} functions, usage examples
1461This section gives some practical examples of using the @code{ui_out}
1462functions to generalize the old console-oriented code in
1463@value{GDBN}. The examples all come from functions defined on the
1464@file{breakpoints.c} file.
1465
1466This example, from the @code{breakpoint_1} function, shows how to
1467produce a table.
1468
1469The original code was:
1470
474c8240 1471@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1472 if (!found_a_breakpoint++)
1473 @{
1474 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1475
1476 annotate_field (0);
1477 printf_filtered ("Num ");
1478 annotate_field (1);
1479 printf_filtered ("Type ");
1480 annotate_field (2);
1481 printf_filtered ("Disp ");
1482 annotate_field (3);
1483 printf_filtered ("Enb ");
1484 if (addressprint)
1485 @{
1486 annotate_field (4);
1487 printf_filtered ("Address ");
1488 @}
1489 annotate_field (5);
1490 printf_filtered ("What\n");
1491
1492 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
1493 @}
474c8240 1494@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1495
1496Here's the new version:
1497
474c8240 1498@smallexample
c72e7388
AC
1499 nr_printable_breakpoints = @dots{};
1500
1501 if (addressprint)
1502 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1503 else
1504 ui_out_table_begin (ui, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints, "BreakpointTable");
1505
1506 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1507 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
1508 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1509 annotate_field (0);
1510 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
1511 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1512 annotate_field (1);
1513 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
1514 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1515 annotate_field (2);
1516 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
1517 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1518 annotate_field (3);
1519 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
1520 if (addressprint)
1521 @{
1522 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1523 annotate_field (4);
1524 if (TARGET_ADDR_BIT <= 32)
1525 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
0ee54786 1526 else
c72e7388
AC
1527 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
1528 @}
1529 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1530 annotate_field (5);
1531 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
1532 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
1533 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
1534 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
474c8240 1535@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1536
1537This example, from the @code{print_one_breakpoint} function, shows how
1538to produce the actual data for the table whose structure was defined
1539in the above example. The original code was:
1540
474c8240 1541@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1542 annotate_record ();
1543 annotate_field (0);
1544 printf_filtered ("%-3d ", b->number);
1545 annotate_field (1);
1546 if ((int)b->type > (sizeof(bptypes)/sizeof(bptypes[0]))
1547 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1548 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1549 (int)b->type);
1550 printf_filtered ("%-14s ", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1551 annotate_field (2);
1552 printf_filtered ("%-4s ", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1553 annotate_field (3);
1554 printf_filtered ("%-3c ", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1555 @dots{}
474c8240 1556@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1557
1558This is the new version:
1559
474c8240 1560@smallexample
0ee54786 1561 annotate_record ();
c72e7388 1562 ui_out_tuple_begin (uiout, "bkpt");
0ee54786
EZ
1563 annotate_field (0);
1564 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
1565 annotate_field (1);
1566 if (((int) b->type > (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
1567 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
1568 internal_error ("bptypes table does not describe type #%d.",
1569 (int) b->type);
1570 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int)b->type].description);
1571 annotate_field (2);
1572 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int)b->disposition]);
1573 annotate_field (3);
1574 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c", bpenables[(int)b->enable]);
c72e7388 1575 @dots{}
474c8240 1576@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1577
1578This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to
1579produce a complicated output field using the @code{print_expression}
1580functions which requires a stream to be passed. It also shows how to
1581automate stream destruction with cleanups. The original code was:
1582
474c8240 1583@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1584 annotate_field (5);
1585 print_expression (b->exp, gdb_stdout);
474c8240 1586@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1587
1588The new version is:
1589
474c8240 1590@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1591 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
1592 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
1593 ...
1594 annotate_field (5);
1595 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
1596 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", local_stream);
474c8240 1597@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1598
1599This example, also from @code{print_one_breakpoint}, shows how to use
1600@code{ui_out_text} and @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original code
1601was:
1602
474c8240 1603@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1604 annotate_field (5);
1605 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1606 printf_filtered ("<any library> ");
1607 else
1608 printf_filtered ("library \"%s\" ", b->dll_pathname);
474c8240 1609@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1610
1611It became:
1612
474c8240 1613@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1614 annotate_field (5);
1615 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
1616 @{
1617 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
1618 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1619 @}
1620 else
1621 @{
1622 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
1623 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
1624 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1625 @}
474c8240 1626@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1627
1628The following example from @code{print_one_breakpoint} shows how to
1629use @code{ui_out_field_int} and @code{ui_out_spaces}. The original
1630code was:
1631
474c8240 1632@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1633 annotate_field (5);
1634 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1635 printf_filtered ("process %d ", b->forked_inferior_pid);
474c8240 1636@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1637
1638It became:
1639
474c8240 1640@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1641 annotate_field (5);
1642 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
1643 @{
1644 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
1645 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
1646 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
1647 @}
474c8240 1648@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1649
1650Here's an example of using @code{ui_out_field_string}. The original
1651code was:
1652
474c8240 1653@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1654 annotate_field (5);
1655 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1656 printf_filtered ("program \"%s\" ", b->exec_pathname);
474c8240 1657@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1658
1659It became:
1660
474c8240 1661@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1662 annotate_field (5);
1663 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
1664 @{
1665 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
1666 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
1667 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
1668 @}
474c8240 1669@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1670
1671Finally, here's an example of printing an address. The original code:
1672
474c8240 1673@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1674 annotate_field (4);
1675 printf_filtered ("%s ",
15a661f3 1676 hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) b->address, 8));
474c8240 1677@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1678
1679It became:
1680
474c8240 1681@smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1682 annotate_field (4);
1683 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "Address", b->address);
474c8240 1684@end smallexample
0ee54786
EZ
1685
1686
c906108c
SS
1687@section Console Printing
1688
1689@section TUI
1690
89437448 1691@node libgdb
c906108c 1692
89437448
AC
1693@chapter libgdb
1694
1695@section libgdb 1.0
1696@cindex @code{libgdb}
1697@code{libgdb} 1.0 was an abortive project of years ago. The theory was
1698to provide an API to @value{GDBN}'s functionality.
1699
1700@section libgdb 2.0
56caf160 1701@cindex @code{libgdb}
89437448
AC
1702@code{libgdb} 2.0 is an ongoing effort to update @value{GDBN} so that is
1703better able to support graphical and other environments.
1704
1705Since @code{libgdb} development is on-going, its architecture is still
1706evolving. The following components have so far been identified:
1707
1708@itemize @bullet
1709@item
1710Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}.
1711@item
1712Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1713@item
1714Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1715@item
1716Library - @file{gdb.h}
1717@end itemize
1718
1719The model that ties these components together is described below.
1720
1721@section The @code{libgdb} Model
1722
1723A client of @code{libgdb} interacts with the library in two ways.
1724
1725@itemize @bullet
1726@item
1727As an observer (using @file{gdb-events}) receiving notifications from
1728@code{libgdb} of any internal state changes (break point changes, run
1729state, etc).
1730@item
1731As a client querying @code{libgdb} (using the @file{ui-out} builder) to
1732obtain various status values from @value{GDBN}.
1733@end itemize
1734
c1468174 1735Since @code{libgdb} could have multiple clients (e.g., a GUI supporting
89437448
AC
1736the existing @value{GDBN} CLI), those clients must co-operate when
1737controlling @code{libgdb}. In particular, a client must ensure that
1738@code{libgdb} is idle (i.e. no other client is using @code{libgdb})
1739before responding to a @file{gdb-event} by making a query.
1740
1741@section CLI support
1742
1743At present @value{GDBN}'s CLI is very much entangled in with the core of
1744@code{libgdb}. Consequently, a client wishing to include the CLI in
1745their interface needs to carefully co-ordinate its own and the CLI's
1746requirements.
1747
1748It is suggested that the client set @code{libgdb} up to be bi-modal
1749(alternate between CLI and client query modes). The notes below sketch
1750out the theory:
1751
1752@itemize @bullet
1753@item
1754The client registers itself as an observer of @code{libgdb}.
1755@item
1756The client create and install @code{cli-out} builder using its own
1757versions of the @code{ui-file} @code{gdb_stderr}, @code{gdb_stdtarg} and
1758@code{gdb_stdout} streams.
1759@item
1760The client creates a separate custom @code{ui-out} builder that is only
1761used while making direct queries to @code{libgdb}.
1762@end itemize
1763
1764When the client receives input intended for the CLI, it simply passes it
1765along. Since the @code{cli-out} builder is installed by default, all
1766the CLI output in response to that command is routed (pronounced rooted)
1767through to the client controlled @code{gdb_stdout} et.@: al.@: streams.
1768At the same time, the client is kept abreast of internal changes by
1769virtue of being a @code{libgdb} observer.
1770
1771The only restriction on the client is that it must wait until
1772@code{libgdb} becomes idle before initiating any queries (using the
1773client's custom builder).
1774
1775@section @code{libgdb} components
1776
1777@subheading Observer - @file{gdb-events.h}
1778@file{gdb-events} provides the client with a very raw mechanism that can
1779be used to implement an observer. At present it only allows for one
1780observer and that observer must, internally, handle the need to delay
1781the processing of any event notifications until after @code{libgdb} has
1782finished the current command.
1783
1784@subheading Builder - @file{ui-out.h}
1785@file{ui-out} provides the infrastructure necessary for a client to
1786create a builder. That builder is then passed down to @code{libgdb}
1787when doing any queries.
1788
1789@subheading Event Loop - @file{event-loop.h}
1790@c There could be an entire section on the event-loop
1791@file{event-loop}, currently non-re-entrant, provides a simple event
1792loop. A client would need to either plug its self into this loop or,
1793implement a new event-loop that GDB would use.
1794
1795The event-loop will eventually be made re-entrant. This is so that
a9f12a31 1796@value{GDBN} can better handle the problem of some commands blocking
89437448
AC
1797instead of returning.
1798
1799@subheading Library - @file{gdb.h}
1800@file{libgdb} is the most obvious component of this system. It provides
1801the query interface. Each function is parameterized by a @code{ui-out}
1802builder. The result of the query is constructed using that builder
1803before the query function returns.
c906108c
SS
1804
1805@node Symbol Handling
1806
1807@chapter Symbol Handling
1808
25822942 1809Symbols are a key part of @value{GDBN}'s operation. Symbols include variables,
c906108c
SS
1810functions, and types.
1811
1812@section Symbol Reading
1813
56caf160
EZ
1814@cindex symbol reading
1815@cindex reading of symbols
1816@cindex symbol files
1817@value{GDBN} reads symbols from @dfn{symbol files}. The usual symbol
1818file is the file containing the program which @value{GDBN} is
1819debugging. @value{GDBN} can be directed to use a different file for
1820symbols (with the @samp{symbol-file} command), and it can also read
1821more symbols via the @samp{add-file} and @samp{load} commands, or while
1822reading symbols from shared libraries.
1823
1824@findex find_sym_fns
1825Symbol files are initially opened by code in @file{symfile.c} using
1826the BFD library (@pxref{Support Libraries}). BFD identifies the type
1827of the file by examining its header. @code{find_sym_fns} then uses
1828this identification to locate a set of symbol-reading functions.
1829
1830@findex add_symtab_fns
1831@cindex @code{sym_fns} structure
1832@cindex adding a symbol-reading module
1833Symbol-reading modules identify themselves to @value{GDBN} by calling
c906108c
SS
1834@code{add_symtab_fns} during their module initialization. The argument
1835to @code{add_symtab_fns} is a @code{struct sym_fns} which contains the
1836name (or name prefix) of the symbol format, the length of the prefix,
1837and pointers to four functions. These functions are called at various
56caf160 1838times to process symbol files whose identification matches the specified
c906108c
SS
1839prefix.
1840
1841The functions supplied by each module are:
1842
1843@table @code
1844@item @var{xyz}_symfile_init(struct sym_fns *sf)
1845
56caf160 1846@cindex secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1847Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when we are about to read a new
1848symbol file. This function should clean up any internal state (possibly
1849resulting from half-read previous files, for example) and prepare to
56caf160
EZ
1850read a new symbol file. Note that the symbol file which we are reading
1851might be a new ``main'' symbol file, or might be a secondary symbol file
c906108c
SS
1852whose symbols are being added to the existing symbol table.
1853
1854The argument to @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init} is a newly allocated
1855@code{struct sym_fns} whose @code{bfd} field contains the BFD for the
1856new symbol file being read. Its @code{private} field has been zeroed,
1857and can be modified as desired. Typically, a struct of private
1858information will be @code{malloc}'d, and a pointer to it will be placed
1859in the @code{private} field.
1860
1861There is no result from @code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, but it can call
1862@code{error} if it detects an unavoidable problem.
1863
1864@item @var{xyz}_new_init()
1865
1866Called from @code{symbol_file_add} when discarding existing symbols.
56caf160
EZ
1867This function needs only handle the symbol-reading module's internal
1868state; the symbol table data structures visible to the rest of
1869@value{GDBN} will be discarded by @code{symbol_file_add}. It has no
1870arguments and no result. It may be called after
1871@code{@var{xyz}_symfile_init}, if a new symbol table is being read, or
1872may be called alone if all symbols are simply being discarded.
c906108c
SS
1873
1874@item @var{xyz}_symfile_read(struct sym_fns *sf, CORE_ADDR addr, int mainline)
1875
1876Called from @code{symbol_file_add} to actually read the symbols from a
1877symbol-file into a set of psymtabs or symtabs.
1878
56caf160 1879@code{sf} points to the @code{struct sym_fns} originally passed to
c906108c
SS
1880@code{@var{xyz}_sym_init} for possible initialization. @code{addr} is
1881the offset between the file's specified start address and its true
1882address in memory. @code{mainline} is 1 if this is the main symbol
c1468174 1883table being read, and 0 if a secondary symbol file (e.g., shared library
c906108c
SS
1884or dynamically loaded file) is being read.@refill
1885@end table
1886
1887In addition, if a symbol-reading module creates psymtabs when
1888@var{xyz}_symfile_read is called, these psymtabs will contain a pointer
1889to a function @code{@var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab}, which can be called
25822942 1890from any point in the @value{GDBN} symbol-handling code.
c906108c
SS
1891
1892@table @code
1893@item @var{xyz}_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
1894
56caf160 1895Called from @code{psymtab_to_symtab} (or the @code{PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB} macro) if
c906108c
SS
1896the psymtab has not already been read in and had its @code{pst->symtab}
1897pointer set. The argument is the psymtab to be fleshed-out into a
56caf160
EZ
1898symtab. Upon return, @code{pst->readin} should have been set to 1, and
1899@code{pst->symtab} should contain a pointer to the new corresponding symtab, or
c906108c
SS
1900zero if there were no symbols in that part of the symbol file.
1901@end table
1902
1903@section Partial Symbol Tables
1904
56caf160 1905@value{GDBN} has three types of symbol tables:
c906108c
SS
1906
1907@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1908@cindex full symbol table
1909@cindex symtabs
1910@item
1911Full symbol tables (@dfn{symtabs}). These contain the main
1912information about symbols and addresses.
c906108c 1913
56caf160
EZ
1914@cindex psymtabs
1915@item
1916Partial symbol tables (@dfn{psymtabs}). These contain enough
c906108c
SS
1917information to know when to read the corresponding part of the full
1918symbol table.
1919
56caf160
EZ
1920@cindex minimal symbol table
1921@cindex minsymtabs
1922@item
1923Minimal symbol tables (@dfn{msymtabs}). These contain information
c906108c 1924gleaned from non-debugging symbols.
c906108c
SS
1925@end itemize
1926
56caf160 1927@cindex partial symbol table
c906108c
SS
1928This section describes partial symbol tables.
1929
1930A psymtab is constructed by doing a very quick pass over an executable
1931file's debugging information. Small amounts of information are
56caf160 1932extracted---enough to identify which parts of the symbol table will
c906108c 1933need to be re-read and fully digested later, when the user needs the
25822942 1934information. The speed of this pass causes @value{GDBN} to start up very
c906108c
SS
1935quickly. Later, as the detailed rereading occurs, it occurs in small
1936pieces, at various times, and the delay therefrom is mostly invisible to
1937the user.
1938@c (@xref{Symbol Reading}.)
1939
1940The symbols that show up in a file's psymtab should be, roughly, those
1941visible to the debugger's user when the program is not running code from
1942that file. These include external symbols and types, static symbols and
56caf160 1943types, and @code{enum} values declared at file scope.
c906108c
SS
1944
1945The psymtab also contains the range of instruction addresses that the
1946full symbol table would represent.
1947
56caf160
EZ
1948@cindex finding a symbol
1949@cindex symbol lookup
c906108c
SS
1950The idea is that there are only two ways for the user (or much of the
1951code in the debugger) to reference a symbol:
1952
1953@itemize @bullet
56caf160
EZ
1954@findex find_pc_function
1955@findex find_pc_line
1956@item
c1468174 1957By its address (e.g., execution stops at some address which is inside a
56caf160
EZ
1958function in this file). The address will be noticed to be in the
1959range of this psymtab, and the full symtab will be read in.
1960@code{find_pc_function}, @code{find_pc_line}, and other
1961@code{find_pc_@dots{}} functions handle this.
c906108c 1962
56caf160
EZ
1963@cindex lookup_symbol
1964@item
1965By its name
c1468174 1966(e.g., the user asks to print a variable, or set a breakpoint on a
c906108c
SS
1967function). Global names and file-scope names will be found in the
1968psymtab, which will cause the symtab to be pulled in. Local names will
1969have to be qualified by a global name, or a file-scope name, in which
1970case we will have already read in the symtab as we evaluated the
56caf160 1971qualifier. Or, a local symbol can be referenced when we are ``in'' a
c906108c
SS
1972local scope, in which case the first case applies. @code{lookup_symbol}
1973does most of the work here.
c906108c
SS
1974@end itemize
1975
1976The only reason that psymtabs exist is to cause a symtab to be read in
1977at the right moment. Any symbol that can be elided from a psymtab,
1978while still causing that to happen, should not appear in it. Since
1979psymtabs don't have the idea of scope, you can't put local symbols in
1980them anyway. Psymtabs don't have the idea of the type of a symbol,
1981either, so types need not appear, unless they will be referenced by
1982name.
1983
56caf160
EZ
1984It is a bug for @value{GDBN} to behave one way when only a psymtab has
1985been read, and another way if the corresponding symtab has been read
1986in. Such bugs are typically caused by a psymtab that does not contain
1987all the visible symbols, or which has the wrong instruction address
1988ranges.
c906108c 1989
56caf160 1990The psymtab for a particular section of a symbol file (objfile) could be
c906108c
SS
1991thrown away after the symtab has been read in. The symtab should always
1992be searched before the psymtab, so the psymtab will never be used (in a
1993bug-free environment). Currently, psymtabs are allocated on an obstack,
1994and all the psymbols themselves are allocated in a pair of large arrays
1995on an obstack, so there is little to be gained by trying to free them
1996unless you want to do a lot more work.
1997
1998@section Types
1999
56caf160 2000@unnumberedsubsec Fundamental Types (e.g., @code{FT_VOID}, @code{FT_BOOLEAN}).
c906108c 2001
56caf160 2002@cindex fundamental types
25822942 2003These are the fundamental types that @value{GDBN} uses internally. Fundamental
c906108c
SS
2004types from the various debugging formats (stabs, ELF, etc) are mapped
2005into one of these. They are basically a union of all fundamental types
56caf160
EZ
2006that @value{GDBN} knows about for all the languages that @value{GDBN}
2007knows about.
c906108c 2008
56caf160 2009@unnumberedsubsec Type Codes (e.g., @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}, @code{TYPE_CODE_ARRAY}).
c906108c 2010
56caf160
EZ
2011@cindex type codes
2012Each time @value{GDBN} builds an internal type, it marks it with one
2013of these types. The type may be a fundamental type, such as
2014@code{TYPE_CODE_INT}, or a derived type, such as @code{TYPE_CODE_PTR}
2015which is a pointer to another type. Typically, several @code{FT_*}
2016types map to one @code{TYPE_CODE_*} type, and are distinguished by
2017other members of the type struct, such as whether the type is signed
2018or unsigned, and how many bits it uses.
c906108c 2019
56caf160 2020@unnumberedsubsec Builtin Types (e.g., @code{builtin_type_void}, @code{builtin_type_char}).
c906108c
SS
2021
2022These are instances of type structs that roughly correspond to
56caf160
EZ
2023fundamental types and are created as global types for @value{GDBN} to
2024use for various ugly historical reasons. We eventually want to
2025eliminate these. Note for example that @code{builtin_type_int}
2026initialized in @file{gdbtypes.c} is basically the same as a
2027@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} type that is initialized in @file{c-lang.c} for
2028an @code{FT_INTEGER} fundamental type. The difference is that the
2029@code{builtin_type} is not associated with any particular objfile, and
2030only one instance exists, while @file{c-lang.c} builds as many
2031@code{TYPE_CODE_INT} types as needed, with each one associated with
2032some particular objfile.
c906108c
SS
2033
2034@section Object File Formats
56caf160 2035@cindex object file formats
c906108c
SS
2036
2037@subsection a.out
2038
56caf160
EZ
2039@cindex @code{a.out} format
2040The @code{a.out} format is the original file format for Unix. It
2041consists of three sections: @code{text}, @code{data}, and @code{bss},
2042which are for program code, initialized data, and uninitialized data,
2043respectively.
c906108c 2044
56caf160 2045The @code{a.out} format is so simple that it doesn't have any reserved
c906108c 2046place for debugging information. (Hey, the original Unix hackers used
56caf160
EZ
2047@samp{adb}, which is a machine-language debugger!) The only debugging
2048format for @code{a.out} is stabs, which is encoded as a set of normal
c906108c
SS
2049symbols with distinctive attributes.
2050
56caf160 2051The basic @code{a.out} reader is in @file{dbxread.c}.
c906108c
SS
2052
2053@subsection COFF
2054
56caf160 2055@cindex COFF format
c906108c
SS
2056The COFF format was introduced with System V Release 3 (SVR3) Unix.
2057COFF files may have multiple sections, each prefixed by a header. The
2058number of sections is limited.
2059
2060The COFF specification includes support for debugging. Although this
2061was a step forward, the debugging information was woefully limited. For
2062instance, it was not possible to represent code that came from an
2063included file.
2064
2065The COFF reader is in @file{coffread.c}.
2066
2067@subsection ECOFF
2068
56caf160 2069@cindex ECOFF format
c906108c
SS
2070ECOFF is an extended COFF originally introduced for Mips and Alpha
2071workstations.
2072
2073The basic ECOFF reader is in @file{mipsread.c}.
2074
2075@subsection XCOFF
2076
56caf160 2077@cindex XCOFF format
c906108c
SS
2078The IBM RS/6000 running AIX uses an object file format called XCOFF.
2079The COFF sections, symbols, and line numbers are used, but debugging
56caf160
EZ
2080symbols are @code{dbx}-style stabs whose strings are located in the
2081@code{.debug} section (rather than the string table). For more
2082information, see @ref{Top,,,stabs,The Stabs Debugging Format}.
c906108c
SS
2083
2084The shared library scheme has a clean interface for figuring out what
2085shared libraries are in use, but the catch is that everything which
2086refers to addresses (symbol tables and breakpoints at least) needs to be
2087relocated for both shared libraries and the main executable. At least
2088using the standard mechanism this can only be done once the program has
2089been run (or the core file has been read).
2090
2091@subsection PE
2092
56caf160
EZ
2093@cindex PE-COFF format
2094Windows 95 and NT use the PE (@dfn{Portable Executable}) format for their
c906108c
SS
2095executables. PE is basically COFF with additional headers.
2096
25822942 2097While BFD includes special PE support, @value{GDBN} needs only the basic
c906108c
SS
2098COFF reader.
2099
2100@subsection ELF
2101
56caf160 2102@cindex ELF format
c906108c
SS
2103The ELF format came with System V Release 4 (SVR4) Unix. ELF is similar
2104to COFF in being organized into a number of sections, but it removes
2105many of COFF's limitations.
2106
2107The basic ELF reader is in @file{elfread.c}.
2108
2109@subsection SOM
2110
56caf160 2111@cindex SOM format
c906108c
SS
2112SOM is HP's object file and debug format (not to be confused with IBM's
2113SOM, which is a cross-language ABI).
2114
2115The SOM reader is in @file{hpread.c}.
2116
2117@subsection Other File Formats
2118
56caf160 2119@cindex Netware Loadable Module format
25822942 2120Other file formats that have been supported by @value{GDBN} include Netware
4a98ee0e 2121Loadable Modules (@file{nlmread.c}).
c906108c
SS
2122
2123@section Debugging File Formats
2124
2125This section describes characteristics of debugging information that
2126are independent of the object file format.
2127
2128@subsection stabs
2129
56caf160 2130@cindex stabs debugging info
c906108c
SS
2131@code{stabs} started out as special symbols within the @code{a.out}
2132format. Since then, it has been encapsulated into other file
2133formats, such as COFF and ELF.
2134
2135While @file{dbxread.c} does some of the basic stab processing,
2136including for encapsulated versions, @file{stabsread.c} does
2137the real work.
2138
2139@subsection COFF
2140
56caf160 2141@cindex COFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2142The basic COFF definition includes debugging information. The level
2143of support is minimal and non-extensible, and is not often used.
2144
2145@subsection Mips debug (Third Eye)
2146
56caf160 2147@cindex ECOFF debugging info
c906108c
SS
2148ECOFF includes a definition of a special debug format.
2149
2150The file @file{mdebugread.c} implements reading for this format.
2151
2152@subsection DWARF 1
2153
56caf160 2154@cindex DWARF 1 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2155DWARF 1 is a debugging format that was originally designed to be
2156used with ELF in SVR4 systems.
2157
c906108c
SS
2158@c GCC_PRODUCER
2159@c GPLUS_PRODUCER
2160@c LCC_PRODUCER
2161@c If defined, these are the producer strings in a DWARF 1 file. All of
2162@c these have reasonable defaults already.
2163
2164The DWARF 1 reader is in @file{dwarfread.c}.
2165
2166@subsection DWARF 2
2167
56caf160 2168@cindex DWARF 2 debugging info
c906108c
SS
2169DWARF 2 is an improved but incompatible version of DWARF 1.
2170
2171The DWARF 2 reader is in @file{dwarf2read.c}.
2172
2173@subsection SOM
2174
56caf160 2175@cindex SOM debugging info
c906108c
SS
2176Like COFF, the SOM definition includes debugging information.
2177
25822942 2178@section Adding a New Symbol Reader to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2179
56caf160
EZ
2180@cindex adding debugging info reader
2181If you are using an existing object file format (@code{a.out}, COFF, ELF, etc),
c906108c
SS
2182there is probably little to be done.
2183
2184If you need to add a new object file format, you must first add it to
2185BFD. This is beyond the scope of this document.
2186
2187You must then arrange for the BFD code to provide access to the
25822942 2188debugging symbols. Generally @value{GDBN} will have to call swapping routines
c906108c 2189from BFD and a few other BFD internal routines to locate the debugging
25822942 2190information. As much as possible, @value{GDBN} should not depend on the BFD
c906108c
SS
2191internal data structures.
2192
2193For some targets (e.g., COFF), there is a special transfer vector used
2194to call swapping routines, since the external data structures on various
2195platforms have different sizes and layouts. Specialized routines that
2196will only ever be implemented by one object file format may be called
2197directly. This interface should be described in a file
56caf160 2198@file{bfd/lib@var{xyz}.h}, which is included by @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 2199
c91d38aa
DJ
2200@section Memory Management for Symbol Files
2201
2202Most memory associated with a loaded symbol file is stored on
2203its @code{objfile_obstack}. This includes symbols, types,
2204namespace data, and other information produced by the symbol readers.
2205
2206Because this data lives on the objfile's obstack, it is automatically
2207released when the objfile is unloaded or reloaded. Therefore one
2208objfile must not reference symbol or type data from another objfile;
2209they could be unloaded at different times.
2210
2211User convenience variables, et cetera, have associated types. Normally
2212these types live in the associated objfile. However, when the objfile
2213is unloaded, those types are deep copied to global memory, so that
2214the values of the user variables and history items are not lost.
2215
c906108c
SS
2216
2217@node Language Support
2218
2219@chapter Language Support
2220
56caf160
EZ
2221@cindex language support
2222@value{GDBN}'s language support is mainly driven by the symbol reader,
2223although it is possible for the user to set the source language
2224manually.
c906108c 2225
56caf160
EZ
2226@value{GDBN} chooses the source language by looking at the extension
2227of the file recorded in the debug info; @file{.c} means C, @file{.f}
2228means Fortran, etc. It may also use a special-purpose language
2229identifier if the debug format supports it, like with DWARF.
c906108c 2230
25822942 2231@section Adding a Source Language to @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2232
56caf160
EZ
2233@cindex adding source language
2234To add other languages to @value{GDBN}'s expression parser, follow the
2235following steps:
c906108c
SS
2236
2237@table @emph
2238@item Create the expression parser.
2239
56caf160 2240@cindex expression parser
c906108c 2241This should reside in a file @file{@var{lang}-exp.y}. Routines for
56caf160 2242building parsed expressions into a @code{union exp_element} list are in
c906108c
SS
2243@file{parse.c}.
2244
56caf160 2245@cindex language parser
c906108c
SS
2246Since we can't depend upon everyone having Bison, and YACC produces
2247parsers that define a bunch of global names, the following lines
56caf160 2248@strong{must} be included at the top of the YACC parser, to prevent the
c906108c
SS
2249various parsers from defining the same global names:
2250
474c8240 2251@smallexample
56caf160
EZ
2252#define yyparse @var{lang}_parse
2253#define yylex @var{lang}_lex
2254#define yyerror @var{lang}_error
2255#define yylval @var{lang}_lval
2256#define yychar @var{lang}_char
2257#define yydebug @var{lang}_debug
2258#define yypact @var{lang}_pact
2259#define yyr1 @var{lang}_r1
2260#define yyr2 @var{lang}_r2
2261#define yydef @var{lang}_def
2262#define yychk @var{lang}_chk
2263#define yypgo @var{lang}_pgo
2264#define yyact @var{lang}_act
2265#define yyexca @var{lang}_exca
2266#define yyerrflag @var{lang}_errflag
2267#define yynerrs @var{lang}_nerrs
474c8240 2268@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
2269
2270At the bottom of your parser, define a @code{struct language_defn} and
2271initialize it with the right values for your language. Define an
2272@code{initialize_@var{lang}} routine and have it call
25822942 2273@samp{add_language(@var{lang}_language_defn)} to tell the rest of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
2274that your language exists. You'll need some other supporting variables
2275and functions, which will be used via pointers from your
2276@code{@var{lang}_language_defn}. See the declaration of @code{struct
2277language_defn} in @file{language.h}, and the other @file{*-exp.y} files,
2278for more information.
2279
2280@item Add any evaluation routines, if necessary
2281
56caf160
EZ
2282@cindex expression evaluation routines
2283@findex evaluate_subexp
2284@findex prefixify_subexp
2285@findex length_of_subexp
c906108c
SS
2286If you need new opcodes (that represent the operations of the language),
2287add them to the enumerated type in @file{expression.h}. Add support
56caf160
EZ
2288code for these operations in the @code{evaluate_subexp} function
2289defined in the file @file{eval.c}. Add cases
c906108c 2290for new opcodes in two functions from @file{parse.c}:
56caf160 2291@code{prefixify_subexp} and @code{length_of_subexp}. These compute
c906108c
SS
2292the number of @code{exp_element}s that a given operation takes up.
2293
2294@item Update some existing code
2295
2296Add an enumerated identifier for your language to the enumerated type
2297@code{enum language} in @file{defs.h}.
2298
2299Update the routines in @file{language.c} so your language is included.
2300These routines include type predicates and such, which (in some cases)
2301are language dependent. If your language does not appear in the switch
2302statement, an error is reported.
2303
56caf160 2304@vindex current_language
c906108c
SS
2305Also included in @file{language.c} is the code that updates the variable
2306@code{current_language}, and the routines that translate the
2307@code{language_@var{lang}} enumerated identifier into a printable
2308string.
2309
56caf160 2310@findex _initialize_language
c906108c
SS
2311Update the function @code{_initialize_language} to include your
2312language. This function picks the default language upon startup, so is
25822942 2313dependent upon which languages that @value{GDBN} is built for.
c906108c 2314
56caf160 2315@findex allocate_symtab
c906108c
SS
2316Update @code{allocate_symtab} in @file{symfile.c} and/or symbol-reading
2317code so that the language of each symtab (source file) is set properly.
2318This is used to determine the language to use at each stack frame level.
2319Currently, the language is set based upon the extension of the source
2320file. If the language can be better inferred from the symbol
2321information, please set the language of the symtab in the symbol-reading
2322code.
2323
56caf160
EZ
2324@findex print_subexp
2325@findex op_print_tab
2326Add helper code to @code{print_subexp} (in @file{expprint.c}) to handle any new
c906108c
SS
2327expression opcodes you have added to @file{expression.h}. Also, add the
2328printed representations of your operators to @code{op_print_tab}.
2329
2330@item Add a place of call
2331
56caf160 2332@findex parse_exp_1
c906108c 2333Add a call to @code{@var{lang}_parse()} and @code{@var{lang}_error} in
56caf160 2334@code{parse_exp_1} (defined in @file{parse.c}).
c906108c
SS
2335
2336@item Use macros to trim code
2337
56caf160 2338@cindex trimming language-dependent code
25822942
DB
2339The user has the option of building @value{GDBN} for some or all of the
2340languages. If the user decides to build @value{GDBN} for the language
c906108c
SS
2341@var{lang}, then every file dependent on @file{language.h} will have the
2342macro @code{_LANG_@var{lang}} defined in it. Use @code{#ifdef}s to
2343leave out large routines that the user won't need if he or she is not
2344using your language.
2345
25822942 2346Note that you do not need to do this in your YACC parser, since if @value{GDBN}
c906108c 2347is not build for @var{lang}, then @file{@var{lang}-exp.tab.o} (the
25822942 2348compiled form of your parser) is not linked into @value{GDBN} at all.
c906108c 2349
56caf160
EZ
2350See the file @file{configure.in} for how @value{GDBN} is configured
2351for different languages.
c906108c
SS
2352
2353@item Edit @file{Makefile.in}
2354
2355Add dependencies in @file{Makefile.in}. Make sure you update the macro
2356variables such as @code{HFILES} and @code{OBJS}, otherwise your code may
2357not get linked in, or, worse yet, it may not get @code{tar}red into the
2358distribution!
c906108c
SS
2359@end table
2360
2361
2362@node Host Definition
2363
2364@chapter Host Definition
2365
56caf160 2366With the advent of Autoconf, it's rarely necessary to have host
7fd60527
AC
2367definition machinery anymore. The following information is provided,
2368mainly, as an historical reference.
c906108c
SS
2369
2370@section Adding a New Host
2371
56caf160
EZ
2372@cindex adding a new host
2373@cindex host, adding
7fd60527
AC
2374@value{GDBN}'s host configuration support normally happens via Autoconf.
2375New host-specific definitions should not be needed. Older hosts
2376@value{GDBN} still use the host-specific definitions and files listed
2377below, but these mostly exist for historical reasons, and will
56caf160 2378eventually disappear.
c906108c 2379
c906108c 2380@table @file
c906108c 2381@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527
AC
2382This file once contained both host and native configuration information
2383(@pxref{Native Debugging}) for the machine @var{xyz}. The host
2384configuration information is now handed by Autoconf.
2385
2386Host configuration information included a definition of
2387@code{XM_FILE=xm-@var{xyz}.h} and possibly definitions for @code{CC},
7708fa01
AC
2388@code{SYSV_DEFINE}, @code{XM_CFLAGS}, @code{XM_ADD_FILES},
2389@code{XM_CLIBS}, @code{XM_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
c906108c 2390
7fd60527
AC
2391New host only configurations do not need this file.
2392
c906108c 2393@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/xm-@var{xyz}.h
7fd60527
AC
2394This file once contained definitions and includes required when hosting
2395gdb on machine @var{xyz}. Those definitions and includes are now
2396handled by Autoconf.
2397
2398New host and native configurations do not need this file.
2399
2400@emph{Maintainer's note: Some hosts continue to use the @file{xm-xyz.h}
2401file to define the macros @var{HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT},
2402@var{HOST_DOUBLE_FORMAT} and @var{HOST_LONG_DOUBLE_FORMAT}. That code
2403also needs to be replaced with either an Autoconf or run-time test.}
c906108c 2404
c906108c
SS
2405@end table
2406
2407@subheading Generic Host Support Files
2408
56caf160 2409@cindex generic host support
c906108c
SS
2410There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
2411various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
2412defined in your @file{xm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
2413the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
2414@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{XDEPFILES}.
2415
2416Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
2417to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
2418Put them into @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.c}, and put @code{@var{xyz}-xdep.o}
2419into @code{XDEPFILES}.
2420
2421@table @file
56caf160
EZ
2422@cindex remote debugging support
2423@cindex serial line support
c906108c
SS
2424@item ser-unix.c
2425This contains serial line support for Unix systems. This is always
2426included, via the makefile variable @code{SER_HARDWIRE}; override this
2427variable in the @file{.mh} file to avoid it.
2428
2429@item ser-go32.c
2430This contains serial line support for 32-bit programs running under DOS,
56caf160 2431using the DJGPP (a.k.a.@: GO32) execution environment.
c906108c 2432
56caf160 2433@cindex TCP remote support
c906108c
SS
2434@item ser-tcp.c
2435This contains generic TCP support using sockets.
c906108c
SS
2436@end table
2437
2438@section Host Conditionals
2439
56caf160
EZ
2440When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
2441defined or left undefined, to control compilation based on the
2442attributes of the host system. These macros and their meanings (or if
2443the meaning is not documented here, then one of the source files where
2444they are used is indicated) are:
c906108c 2445
56caf160 2446@ftable @code
25822942 2447@item @value{GDBN}INIT_FILENAME
56caf160
EZ
2448The default name of @value{GDBN}'s initialization file (normally
2449@file{.gdbinit}).
c906108c 2450
cce74817
JM
2451@item NO_STD_REGS
2452This macro is deprecated.
2453
c906108c
SS
2454@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER
2455If your host defines @code{SIGWINCH}, you can define this to be the name
2456of a function to be called if @code{SIGWINCH} is received.
2457
2458@item SIGWINCH_HANDLER_BODY
2459Define this to expand into code that will define the function named by
2460the expansion of @code{SIGWINCH_HANDLER}.
2461
2462@item ALIGN_STACK_ON_STARTUP
56caf160 2463@cindex stack alignment
c906108c
SS
2464Define this if your system is of a sort that will crash in
2465@code{tgetent} if the stack happens not to be longword-aligned when
2466@code{main} is called. This is a rare situation, but is known to occur
2467on several different types of systems.
2468
2469@item CRLF_SOURCE_FILES
56caf160 2470@cindex DOS text files
c906108c
SS
2471Define this if host files use @code{\r\n} rather than @code{\n} as a
2472line terminator. This will cause source file listings to omit @code{\r}
56caf160
EZ
2473characters when printing and it will allow @code{\r\n} line endings of files
2474which are ``sourced'' by gdb. It must be possible to open files in binary
c906108c
SS
2475mode using @code{O_BINARY} or, for fopen, @code{"rb"}.
2476
2477@item DEFAULT_PROMPT
56caf160 2478@cindex prompt
c906108c
SS
2479The default value of the prompt string (normally @code{"(gdb) "}).
2480
2481@item DEV_TTY
56caf160 2482@cindex terminal device
c906108c
SS
2483The name of the generic TTY device, defaults to @code{"/dev/tty"}.
2484
c906108c
SS
2485@item FOPEN_RB
2486Define this if binary files are opened the same way as text files.
2487
c906108c 2488@item HAVE_MMAP
56caf160 2489@findex mmap
c906108c
SS
2490In some cases, use the system call @code{mmap} for reading symbol
2491tables. For some machines this allows for sharing and quick updates.
2492
c906108c
SS
2493@item HAVE_TERMIO
2494Define this if the host system has @code{termio.h}.
2495
c906108c 2496@item INT_MAX
9742079a
EZ
2497@itemx INT_MIN
2498@itemx LONG_MAX
2499@itemx UINT_MAX
2500@itemx ULONG_MAX
c906108c
SS
2501Values for host-side constants.
2502
2503@item ISATTY
2504Substitute for isatty, if not available.
2505
2506@item LONGEST
2507This is the longest integer type available on the host. If not defined,
2508it will default to @code{long long} or @code{long}, depending on
2509@code{CC_HAS_LONG_LONG}.
2510
2511@item CC_HAS_LONG_LONG
56caf160
EZ
2512@cindex @code{long long} data type
2513Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long long}. This is set
2514by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2515
2516@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_LONG
2517Define this if the host can handle printing of long long integers via
56caf160
EZ
2518the printf format conversion specifier @code{ll}. This is set by the
2519@code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2520
2521@item HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
56caf160
EZ
2522Define this if the host C compiler supports @code{long double}. This is
2523set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2524
2525@item PRINTF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2526Define this if the host can handle printing of long double float-point
56caf160
EZ
2527numbers via the printf format conversion specifier @code{Lg}. This is
2528set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2529
2530@item SCANF_HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
2531Define this if the host can handle the parsing of long double
56caf160
EZ
2532float-point numbers via the scanf format conversion specifier
2533@code{Lg}. This is set by the @code{configure} script.
c906108c
SS
2534
2535@item LSEEK_NOT_LINEAR
2536Define this if @code{lseek (n)} does not necessarily move to byte number
2537@code{n} in the file. This is only used when reading source files. It
2538is normally faster to define @code{CRLF_SOURCE_FILES} when possible.
2539
2540@item L_SET
56caf160
EZ
2541This macro is used as the argument to @code{lseek} (or, most commonly,
2542@code{bfd_seek}). FIXME, should be replaced by SEEK_SET instead,
2543which is the POSIX equivalent.
c906108c 2544
c906108c
SS
2545@item NORETURN
2546If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as @code{volatile},
2547that can be used in both the declaration and definition of functions to
2548indicate that they never return. The default is already set correctly
2549if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be defined.
2550
2551@item ATTR_NORETURN
2552If defined, this should be one or more tokens, such as
2553@code{__attribute__ ((noreturn))}, that can be used in the declarations
2554of functions to indicate that they never return. The default is already
2555set correctly if compiling with GCC. This will almost never need to be
2556defined.
2557
c906108c 2558@item SEEK_CUR
9742079a 2559@itemx SEEK_SET
56caf160 2560Define these to appropriate value for the system @code{lseek}, if not already
c906108c
SS
2561defined.
2562
2563@item STOP_SIGNAL
56caf160
EZ
2564This is the signal for stopping @value{GDBN}. Defaults to
2565@code{SIGTSTP}. (Only redefined for the Convex.)
c906108c 2566
c906108c
SS
2567@item USG
2568Means that System V (prior to SVR4) include files are in use. (FIXME:
7ca9f392
AC
2569This symbol is abused in @file{infrun.c}, @file{regex.c}, and
2570@file{utils.c} for other things, at the moment.)
c906108c
SS
2571
2572@item lint
56caf160 2573Define this to help placate @code{lint} in some situations.
c906108c
SS
2574
2575@item volatile
2576Define this to override the defaults of @code{__volatile__} or
2577@code{/**/}.
56caf160 2578@end ftable
c906108c
SS
2579
2580
2581@node Target Architecture Definition
2582
2583@chapter Target Architecture Definition
2584
56caf160
EZ
2585@cindex target architecture definition
2586@value{GDBN}'s target architecture defines what sort of
2587machine-language programs @value{GDBN} can work with, and how it works
2588with them.
c906108c 2589
af6c57ea
AC
2590The target architecture object is implemented as the C structure
2591@code{struct gdbarch *}. The structure, and its methods, are generated
93c2c750 2592using the Bourne shell script @file{gdbarch.sh}.
c906108c 2593
70f80edf
JT
2594@section Operating System ABI Variant Handling
2595@cindex OS ABI variants
2596
2597@value{GDBN} provides a mechanism for handling variations in OS
2598ABIs. An OS ABI variant may have influence over any number of
2599variables in the target architecture definition. There are two major
2600components in the OS ABI mechanism: sniffers and handlers.
2601
2602A @dfn{sniffer} examines a file matching a BFD architecture/flavour pair
2603(the architecture may be wildcarded) in an attempt to determine the
2604OS ABI of that file. Sniffers with a wildcarded architecture are considered
2605to be @dfn{generic}, while sniffers for a specific architecture are
2606considered to be @dfn{specific}. A match from a specific sniffer
2607overrides a match from a generic sniffer. Multiple sniffers for an
2608architecture/flavour may exist, in order to differentiate between two
2609different operating systems which use the same basic file format. The
2610OS ABI framework provides a generic sniffer for ELF-format files which
2611examines the @code{EI_OSABI} field of the ELF header, as well as note
2612sections known to be used by several operating systems.
2613
2614@cindex fine-tuning @code{gdbarch} structure
2615A @dfn{handler} is used to fine-tune the @code{gdbarch} structure for the
2616selected OS ABI. There may be only one handler for a given OS ABI
2617for each BFD architecture.
2618
f4b3909f 2619The following OS ABI variants are defined in @file{defs.h}:
70f80edf
JT
2620
2621@table @code
2622
f4b3909f
EZ
2623@findex GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2624@item GDB_OSABI_UNINITIALIZED
2625Used for struct gdbarch_info if ABI is still uninitialized.
2626
70f80edf
JT
2627@findex GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2628@item GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN
2629The ABI of the inferior is unknown. The default @code{gdbarch}
2630settings for the architecture will be used.
2631
2632@findex GDB_OSABI_SVR4
2633@item GDB_OSABI_SVR4
f4b3909f 2634UNIX System V Release 4.
70f80edf
JT
2635
2636@findex GDB_OSABI_HURD
2637@item GDB_OSABI_HURD
f4b3909f 2638GNU using the Hurd kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2639
2640@findex GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
2641@item GDB_OSABI_SOLARIS
f4b3909f 2642Sun Solaris.
70f80edf
JT
2643
2644@findex GDB_OSABI_OSF1
2645@item GDB_OSABI_OSF1
f4b3909f 2646OSF/1, including Digital UNIX and Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
70f80edf
JT
2647
2648@findex GDB_OSABI_LINUX
2649@item GDB_OSABI_LINUX
f4b3909f 2650GNU using the Linux kernel.
70f80edf
JT
2651
2652@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
2653@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2654FreeBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2655
2656@findex GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
2657@item GDB_OSABI_FREEBSD_ELF
f4b3909f 2658FreeBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2659
2660@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
2661@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_AOUT
f4b3909f 2662NetBSD using the @code{a.out} executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2663
2664@findex GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
2665@item GDB_OSABI_NETBSD_ELF
f4b3909f
EZ
2666NetBSD using the ELF executable format.
2667
2668@findex GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2669@item GDB_OSABI_OPENBSD_ELF
2670OpenBSD using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf
JT
2671
2672@findex GDB_OSABI_WINCE
2673@item GDB_OSABI_WINCE
f4b3909f 2674Windows CE.
70f80edf 2675
1029b7fa
MK
2676@findex GDB_OSABI_GO32
2677@item GDB_OSABI_GO32
f4b3909f 2678DJGPP.
1029b7fa
MK
2679
2680@findex GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
2681@item GDB_OSABI_NETWARE
f4b3909f
EZ
2682Novell NetWare.
2683
2684@findex GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2685@item GDB_OSABI_IRIX
2686Irix.
2687
2688@findex GDB_OSABI_LYNXOS
2689@item GDB_OSABI_LYNXOS
2690LynxOS.
2691
2692@findex GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2693@item GDB_OSABI_INTERIX
2694Interix (Posix layer for MS-Windows systems).
1029b7fa 2695
f4b3909f
EZ
2696@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2697@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_ELF
2698HP/UX using the ELF executable format.
70f80edf 2699
f4b3909f
EZ
2700@findex GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2701@item GDB_OSABI_HPUX_SOM
2702HP/UX using the SOM executable format.
70f80edf 2703
f4b3909f
EZ
2704@findex GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2705@item GDB_OSABI_QNXNTO
2706QNX Neutrino.
2707
2708@findex GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2709@item GDB_OSABI_CYGWIN
2710Cygwin.
2711
2712@findex GDB_OSABI_AIX
2713@item GDB_OSABI_AIX
2714AIX.
70f80edf
JT
2715
2716@end table
2717
2718Here are the functions that make up the OS ABI framework:
2719
2720@deftypefun const char *gdbarch_osabi_name (enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2721Return the name of the OS ABI corresponding to @var{osabi}.
2722@end deftypefun
2723
c133ab7a 2724@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, unsigned long @var{machine}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi}, void (*@var{init_osabi})(struct gdbarch_info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}))
70f80edf 2725Register the OS ABI handler specified by @var{init_osabi} for the
c133ab7a
MK
2726architecture, machine type and OS ABI specified by @var{arch},
2727@var{machine} and @var{osabi}. In most cases, a value of zero for the
2728machine type, which implies the architecture's default machine type,
2729will suffice.
70f80edf
JT
2730@end deftypefun
2731
2732@deftypefun void gdbarch_register_osabi_sniffer (enum bfd_architecture @var{arch}, enum bfd_flavour @var{flavour}, enum gdb_osabi (*@var{sniffer})(bfd *@var{abfd}))
2733Register the OS ABI file sniffer specified by @var{sniffer} for the
2734BFD architecture/flavour pair specified by @var{arch} and @var{flavour}.
2735If @var{arch} is @code{bfd_arch_unknown}, the sniffer is considered to
2736be generic, and is allowed to examine @var{flavour}-flavoured files for
2737any architecture.
2738@end deftypefun
2739
2740@deftypefun enum gdb_osabi gdbarch_lookup_osabi (bfd *@var{abfd})
2741Examine the file described by @var{abfd} to determine its OS ABI.
2742The value @code{GDB_OSABI_UNKNOWN} is returned if the OS ABI cannot
2743be determined.
2744@end deftypefun
2745
2746@deftypefun void gdbarch_init_osabi (struct gdbarch info @var{info}, struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, enum gdb_osabi @var{osabi})
2747Invoke the OS ABI handler corresponding to @var{osabi} to fine-tune the
2748@code{gdbarch} structure specified by @var{gdbarch}. If a handler
2749corresponding to @var{osabi} has not been registered for @var{gdbarch}'s
2750architecture, a warning will be issued and the debugging session will continue
2751with the defaults already established for @var{gdbarch}.
2752@end deftypefun
2753
f4b3909f
EZ
2754@deftypefun void generic_elf_osabi_sniff_abi_tag_sections (bfd *@var{abfd}, asection *@var{sect}, void *@var{obj})
2755Helper routine for ELF file sniffers. Examine the file described by
2756@var{abfd} and look at ABI tag note sections to determine the OS ABI
2757from the note. This function should be called via
2758@code{bfd_map_over_sections}.
2759@end deftypefun
2760
7a107747
DJ
2761@section Initializing a New Architecture
2762
2763Each @code{gdbarch} is associated with a single @sc{bfd} architecture,
2764via a @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}} constant. The @code{gdbarch} is
2765registered by a call to @code{register_gdbarch_init}, usually from
2766the file's @code{_initialize_@var{filename}} routine, which will
2767be automatically called during @value{GDBN} startup. The arguments
2768are a @sc{bfd} architecture constant and an initialization function.
2769
2770The initialization function has this type:
2771
2772@smallexample
2773static struct gdbarch *
2774@var{arch}_gdbarch_init (struct gdbarch_info @var{info},
2775 struct gdbarch_list *@var{arches})
2776@end smallexample
2777
2778The @var{info} argument contains parameters used to select the correct
2779architecture, and @var{arches} is a list of architectures which
2780have already been created with the same @code{bfd_arch_@var{arch}}
2781value.
2782
2783The initialization function should first make sure that @var{info}
2784is acceptable, and return @code{NULL} if it is not. Then, it should
2785search through @var{arches} for an exact match to @var{info}, and
2786return one if found. Lastly, if no exact match was found, it should
2787create a new architecture based on @var{info} and return it.
2788
2789Only information in @var{info} should be used to choose the new
2790architecture. Historically, @var{info} could be sparse, and
2791defaults would be collected from the first element on @var{arches}.
2792However, @value{GDBN} now fills in @var{info} more thoroughly,
2793so new @code{gdbarch} initialization functions should not take
2794defaults from @var{arches}.
2795
c906108c
SS
2796@section Registers and Memory
2797
56caf160
EZ
2798@value{GDBN}'s model of the target machine is rather simple.
2799@value{GDBN} assumes the machine includes a bank of registers and a
2800block of memory. Each register may have a different size.
c906108c 2801
56caf160
EZ
2802@value{GDBN} does not have a magical way to match up with the
2803compiler's idea of which registers are which; however, it is critical
2804that they do match up accurately. The only way to make this work is
2805to get accurate information about the order that the compiler uses,
2806and to reflect that in the @code{REGISTER_NAME} and related macros.
c906108c 2807
25822942 2808@value{GDBN} can handle big-endian, little-endian, and bi-endian architectures.
c906108c 2809
93e79dbd
JB
2810@section Pointers Are Not Always Addresses
2811@cindex pointer representation
2812@cindex address representation
2813@cindex word-addressed machines
2814@cindex separate data and code address spaces
2815@cindex spaces, separate data and code address
2816@cindex address spaces, separate data and code
2817@cindex code pointers, word-addressed
2818@cindex converting between pointers and addresses
2819@cindex D10V addresses
2820
2821On almost all 32-bit architectures, the representation of a pointer is
2822indistinguishable from the representation of some fixed-length number
2823whose value is the byte address of the object pointed to. On such
56caf160 2824machines, the words ``pointer'' and ``address'' can be used interchangeably.
93e79dbd
JB
2825However, architectures with smaller word sizes are often cramped for
2826address space, so they may choose a pointer representation that breaks this
2827identity, and allows a larger code address space.
2828
172c2a43 2829For example, the Renesas D10V is a 16-bit VLIW processor whose
93e79dbd
JB
2830instructions are 32 bits long@footnote{Some D10V instructions are
2831actually pairs of 16-bit sub-instructions. However, since you can't
2832jump into the middle of such a pair, code addresses can only refer to
2833full 32 bit instructions, which is what matters in this explanation.}.
2834If the D10V used ordinary byte addresses to refer to code locations,
2835then the processor would only be able to address 64kb of instructions.
2836However, since instructions must be aligned on four-byte boundaries, the
56caf160
EZ
2837low two bits of any valid instruction's byte address are always
2838zero---byte addresses waste two bits. So instead of byte addresses,
2839the D10V uses word addresses---byte addresses shifted right two bits---to
93e79dbd
JB
2840refer to code. Thus, the D10V can use 16-bit words to address 256kb of
2841code space.
2842
2843However, this means that code pointers and data pointers have different
2844forms on the D10V. The 16-bit word @code{0xC020} refers to byte address
2845@code{0xC020} when used as a data address, but refers to byte address
2846@code{0x30080} when used as a code address.
2847
2848(The D10V also uses separate code and data address spaces, which also
2849affects the correspondence between pointers and addresses, but we're
2850going to ignore that here; this example is already too long.)
2851
56caf160
EZ
2852To cope with architectures like this---the D10V is not the only
2853one!---@value{GDBN} tries to distinguish between @dfn{addresses}, which are
93e79dbd
JB
2854byte numbers, and @dfn{pointers}, which are the target's representation
2855of an address of a particular type of data. In the example above,
2856@code{0xC020} is the pointer, which refers to one of the addresses
2857@code{0xC020} or @code{0x30080}, depending on the type imposed upon it.
2858@value{GDBN} provides functions for turning a pointer into an address
2859and vice versa, in the appropriate way for the current architecture.
2860
2861Unfortunately, since addresses and pointers are identical on almost all
2862processors, this distinction tends to bit-rot pretty quickly. Thus,
2863each time you port @value{GDBN} to an architecture which does
2864distinguish between pointers and addresses, you'll probably need to
2865clean up some architecture-independent code.
2866
2867Here are functions which convert between pointers and addresses:
2868
2869@deftypefun CORE_ADDR extract_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type})
2870Treat the bytes at @var{buf} as a pointer or reference of type
2871@var{type}, and return the address it represents, in a manner
2872appropriate for the current architecture. This yields an address
2873@value{GDBN} can use to read target memory, disassemble, etc. Note that
2874@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2875inferior's.
2876
2877For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2878extracts a little-endian integer of the appropriate length from
2879@var{buf} and returns it. However, if the current architecture is the
2880D10V, this function will return a 16-bit integer extracted from
2881@var{buf}, multiplied by four if @var{type} is a pointer to a function.
2882
2883If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2884will signal an internal error.
2885@end deftypefun
2886
2887@deftypefun CORE_ADDR store_typed_address (void *@var{buf}, struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2888Store the address @var{addr} in @var{buf}, in the proper format for a
2889pointer of type @var{type} in the current architecture. Note that
2890@var{buf} refers to a buffer in @value{GDBN}'s memory, not the
2891inferior's.
2892
2893For example, if the current architecture is the Intel x86, this function
2894stores @var{addr} unmodified as a little-endian integer of the
2895appropriate length in @var{buf}. However, if the current architecture
2896is the D10V, this function divides @var{addr} by four if @var{type} is
2897a pointer to a function, and then stores it in @var{buf}.
2898
2899If @var{type} is not a pointer or reference type, then this function
2900will signal an internal error.
2901@end deftypefun
2902
f23631e4 2903@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_as_address (struct value *@var{val})
93e79dbd
JB
2904Assuming that @var{val} is a pointer, return the address it represents,
2905as appropriate for the current architecture.
2906
2907This function actually works on integral values, as well as pointers.
2908For pointers, it performs architecture-specific conversions as
2909described above for @code{extract_typed_address}.
2910@end deftypefun
2911
2912@deftypefun CORE_ADDR value_from_pointer (struct type *@var{type}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2913Create and return a value representing a pointer of type @var{type} to
2914the address @var{addr}, as appropriate for the current architecture.
2915This function performs architecture-specific conversions as described
2916above for @code{store_typed_address}.
2917@end deftypefun
2918
93e79dbd
JB
2919Here are some macros which architectures can define to indicate the
2920relationship between pointers and addresses. These have default
2921definitions, appropriate for architectures on which all pointers are
fc0c74b1 2922simple unsigned byte addresses.
93e79dbd
JB
2923
2924@deftypefn {Target Macro} CORE_ADDR POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
2925Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
2926appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
2927address the pointer refers to.
2928
2929This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2930C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2931@end deftypefn
2932
2933@deftypefn {Target Macro} void ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf}, CORE_ADDR @var{addr})
2934Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
2935@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
2936
2937This function may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 2938C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
2939@end deftypefn
2940
b5b0480a
KB
2941@section Address Classes
2942@cindex address classes
2943@cindex DW_AT_byte_size
2944@cindex DW_AT_address_class
2945
2946Sometimes information about different kinds of addresses is available
2947via the debug information. For example, some programming environments
2948define addresses of several different sizes. If the debug information
2949distinguishes these kinds of address classes through either the size
2950info (e.g, @code{DW_AT_byte_size} in @w{DWARF 2}) or through an explicit
2951address class attribute (e.g, @code{DW_AT_address_class} in @w{DWARF 2}), the
2952following macros should be defined in order to disambiguate these
2953types within @value{GDBN} as well as provide the added information to
2954a @value{GDBN} user when printing type expressions.
2955
2956@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{byte_size}, int @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
2957Returns the type flags needed to construct a pointer type whose size
2958is @var{byte_size} and whose address class is @var{dwarf2_addr_class}.
2959This function is normally called from within a symbol reader. See
2960@file{dwarf2read.c}.
2961@end deftypefn
2962
2963@deftypefn {Target Macro} char *ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (int @var{type_flags})
2964Given the type flags representing an address class qualifier, return
2965its name.
2966@end deftypefn
2967@deftypefn {Target Macro} int ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_to_TYPE_FLAGS (int @var{name}, int *var{type_flags_ptr})
d3e8051b 2968Given an address qualifier name, set the @code{int} referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the type flags
b5b0480a
KB
2969for that address class qualifier.
2970@end deftypefn
2971
2972Since the need for address classes is rather rare, none of
2973the address class macros defined by default. Predicate
2974macros are provided to detect when they are defined.
2975
2976Consider a hypothetical architecture in which addresses are normally
297732-bits wide, but 16-bit addresses are also supported. Furthermore,
2978suppose that the @w{DWARF 2} information for this architecture simply
2979uses a @code{DW_AT_byte_size} value of 2 to indicate the use of one
2980of these "short" pointers. The following functions could be defined
2981to implement the address class macros:
2982
2983@smallexample
2984somearch_address_class_type_flags (int byte_size,
2985 int dwarf2_addr_class)
f2abfe65 2986@{
b5b0480a
KB
2987 if (byte_size == 2)
2988 return TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
2989 else
2990 return 0;
f2abfe65 2991@}
b5b0480a
KB
2992
2993static char *
2994somearch_address_class_type_flags_to_name (int type_flags)
f2abfe65 2995@{
b5b0480a
KB
2996 if (type_flags & TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1)
2997 return "short";
2998 else
2999 return NULL;
f2abfe65 3000@}
b5b0480a
KB
3001
3002int
3003somearch_address_class_name_to_type_flags (char *name,
3004 int *type_flags_ptr)
f2abfe65 3005@{
b5b0480a 3006 if (strcmp (name, "short") == 0)
f2abfe65 3007 @{
b5b0480a
KB
3008 *type_flags_ptr = TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1;
3009 return 1;
f2abfe65 3010 @}
b5b0480a
KB
3011 else
3012 return 0;
f2abfe65 3013@}
b5b0480a
KB
3014@end smallexample
3015
3016The qualifier @code{@@short} is used in @value{GDBN}'s type expressions
3017to indicate the presence of one of these "short" pointers. E.g, if
3018the debug information indicates that @code{short_ptr_var} is one of these
3019short pointers, @value{GDBN} might show the following behavior:
3020
3021@smallexample
3022(gdb) ptype short_ptr_var
3023type = int * @@short
3024@end smallexample
3025
93e79dbd 3026
13d01224
AC
3027@section Raw and Virtual Register Representations
3028@cindex raw register representation
3029@cindex virtual register representation
3030@cindex representations, raw and virtual registers
3031
3032@emph{Maintainer note: This section is pretty much obsolete. The
3033functionality described here has largely been replaced by
3034pseudo-registers and the mechanisms described in @ref{Target
3035Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data
3036Representations}. See also @uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/,
3037Bug Tracking Database} and
3038@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, ARI Index} for more
3039up-to-date information.}
af6c57ea 3040
9fb4dd36
JB
3041Some architectures use one representation for a value when it lives in a
3042register, but use a different representation when it lives in memory.
25822942 3043In @value{GDBN}'s terminology, the @dfn{raw} representation is the one used in
9fb4dd36 3044the target registers, and the @dfn{virtual} representation is the one
25822942 3045used in memory, and within @value{GDBN} @code{struct value} objects.
9fb4dd36 3046
13d01224
AC
3047@emph{Maintainer note: Notice that the same mechanism is being used to
3048both convert a register to a @code{struct value} and alternative
3049register forms.}
3050
9fb4dd36
JB
3051For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the virtual and
3052raw representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3053However, they do occasionally differ. For example:
3054
3055@itemize @bullet
9fb4dd36 3056@item
56caf160 3057The x86 architecture supports an 80-bit @code{long double} type. However, when
9fb4dd36
JB
3058we store those values in memory, they occupy twelve bytes: the
3059floating-point number occupies the first ten, and the final two bytes
3060are unused. This keeps the values aligned on four-byte boundaries,
3061allowing more efficient access. Thus, the x86 80-bit floating-point
3062type is the raw representation, and the twelve-byte loosely-packed
3063arrangement is the virtual representation.
3064
3065@item
25822942
DB
3066Some 64-bit MIPS targets present 32-bit registers to @value{GDBN} as 64-bit
3067registers, with garbage in their upper bits. @value{GDBN} ignores the top 32
9fb4dd36
JB
3068bits. Thus, the 64-bit form, with garbage in the upper 32 bits, is the
3069raw representation, and the trimmed 32-bit representation is the
3070virtual representation.
9fb4dd36
JB
3071@end itemize
3072
3073In general, the raw representation is determined by the architecture, or
25822942
DB
3074@value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while the virtual representation
3075can be chosen for @value{GDBN}'s convenience. @value{GDBN}'s register file,
56caf160
EZ
3076@code{registers}, holds the register contents in raw format, and the
3077@value{GDBN} remote protocol transmits register values in raw format.
9fb4dd36 3078
56caf160
EZ
3079Your architecture may define the following macros to request
3080conversions between the raw and virtual format:
9fb4dd36
JB
3081
3082@deftypefn {Target Macro} int REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (int @var{reg})
3083Return non-zero if register number @var{reg}'s value needs different raw
3084and virtual formats.
6f6ef15a
EZ
3085
3086You should not use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} for a register
3087unless this macro returns a non-zero value for that register.
9fb4dd36
JB
3088@end deftypefn
3089
12c266ea 3090@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36 3091The size of register number @var{reg}'s raw value. This is the number
25822942 3092of bytes the register will occupy in @code{registers}, or in a @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3093remote protocol packet.
3094@end deftypefn
3095
f30992d4 3096@deftypefn {Target Macro} int DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3097The size of register number @var{reg}'s value, in its virtual format.
3098This is the size a @code{struct value}'s buffer will have, holding that
3099register's value.
3100@end deftypefn
3101
2e092625 3102@deftypefn {Target Macro} struct type *DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (int @var{reg})
9fb4dd36
JB
3103This is the type of the virtual representation of register number
3104@var{reg}. Note that there is no need for a macro giving a type for the
25822942 3105register's raw form; once the register's value has been obtained, @value{GDBN}
9fb4dd36
JB
3106always uses the virtual form.
3107@end deftypefn
3108
3109@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3110Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3111should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3112at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3113convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3114
6f6ef15a
EZ
3115Note that @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} and
3116@code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW} take their @var{reg} and @var{type}
3117arguments in different orders.
3118
3119You should only use @code{REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL} with registers
3120for which the @code{REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE} macro returns a non-zero
3121value.
9fb4dd36
JB
3122@end deftypefn
3123
3124@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3125Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to @var{type}, which
2e092625 3126should always be @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})}. The buffer
9fb4dd36
JB
3127at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw format; the macro should
3128convert the value to virtual format, and place it at @var{to}.
3129
3130Note that REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL and REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW take
3131their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3132@end deftypefn
3133
3134
13d01224
AC
3135@section Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations
3136@cindex register representation
3137@cindex memory representation
3138@cindex representations, register and memory
3139@cindex register data formats, converting
3140@cindex @code{struct value}, converting register contents to
3141
3142@emph{Maintainer's note: The way GDB manipulates registers is undergoing
d3e8051b 3143significant change. Many of the macros and functions referred to in this
13d01224
AC
3144section are likely to be subject to further revision. See
3145@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/current/ari/, A.R. Index} and
3146@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs, Bug Tracking Database} for
3147further information. cagney/2002-05-06.}
3148
3149Some architectures can represent a data object in a register using a
3150form that is different to the objects more normal memory representation.
3151For example:
3152
3153@itemize @bullet
3154
3155@item
3156The Alpha architecture can represent 32 bit integer values in
3157floating-point registers.
3158
3159@item
3160The x86 architecture supports 80-bit floating-point registers. The
3161@code{long double} data type occupies 96 bits in memory but only 80 bits
3162when stored in a register.
3163
3164@end itemize
3165
3166In general, the register representation of a data type is determined by
3167the architecture, or @value{GDBN}'s interface to the architecture, while
3168the memory representation is determined by the Application Binary
3169Interface.
3170
3171For almost all data types on almost all architectures, the two
3172representations are identical, and no special handling is needed.
3173However, they do occasionally differ. Your architecture may define the
3174following macros to request conversions between the register and memory
3175representations of a data type:
3176
3177@deftypefn {Target Macro} int CONVERT_REGISTER_P (int @var{reg})
3178Return non-zero if the representation of a data value stored in this
3179register may be different to the representation of that same data value
3180when stored in memory.
3181
3182When non-zero, the macros @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and
3183@code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} are used to perform any necessary conversion.
3184@end deftypefn
3185
3186@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_TO_VALUE (int @var{reg}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3187Convert the value of register number @var{reg} to a data object of type
3188@var{type}. The buffer at @var{from} holds the register's value in raw
3189format; the converted value should be placed in the buffer at @var{to}.
3190
3191Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3192their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3193
3194You should only use @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} with registers for which
3195the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3196@end deftypefn
3197
3198@deftypefn {Target Macro} void VALUE_TO_REGISTER (struct type *@var{type}, int @var{reg}, char *@var{from}, char *@var{to})
3199Convert a data value of type @var{type} to register number @var{reg}'
3200raw format.
3201
3202Note that @code{REGISTER_TO_VALUE} and @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} take
3203their @var{reg} and @var{type} arguments in different orders.
3204
3205You should only use @code{VALUE_TO_REGISTER} with registers for which
3206the @code{CONVERT_REGISTER_P} macro returns a non-zero value.
3207@end deftypefn
3208
3209@deftypefn {Target Macro} void REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_TYPE (int @var{regnum}, struct type *@var{type}, char *@var{buf})
3210See @file{mips-tdep.c}. It does not do what you want.
3211@end deftypefn
3212
3213
c906108c
SS
3214@section Frame Interpretation
3215
3216@section Inferior Call Setup
3217
3218@section Compiler Characteristics
3219
3220@section Target Conditionals
3221
3222This section describes the macros that you can use to define the target
3223machine.
3224
3225@table @code
3226
c906108c 3227@item ADDR_BITS_REMOVE (addr)
56caf160 3228@findex ADDR_BITS_REMOVE
adf40b2e
JM
3229If a raw machine instruction address includes any bits that are not
3230really part of the address, then define this macro to expand into an
56caf160 3231expression that zeroes those bits in @var{addr}. This is only used for
adf40b2e
JM
3232addresses of instructions, and even then not in all contexts.
3233
3234For example, the two low-order bits of the PC on the Hewlett-Packard PA
32352.0 architecture contain the privilege level of the corresponding
3236instruction. Since instructions must always be aligned on four-byte
3237boundaries, the processor masks out these bits to generate the actual
3238address of the instruction. ADDR_BITS_REMOVE should filter out these
3239bits with an expression such as @code{((addr) & ~3)}.
c906108c 3240
b5b0480a
KB
3241@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{name}, @var{type_flags_ptr})
3242@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS
3243If @var{name} is a valid address class qualifier name, set the @code{int}
3244referenced by @var{type_flags_ptr} to the mask representing the qualifier
3245and return 1. If @var{name} is not a valid address class qualifier name,
3246return 0.
3247
3248The value for @var{type_flags_ptr} should be one of
3249@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1}, @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or
3250possibly some combination of these values or'd together.
3251@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3252
3253@item ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3254@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3255Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_NAME_TO_TYPE_FLAGS}
3256has been defined.
3257
3258@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3259@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS (@var{byte_size}, @var{dwarf2_addr_class})
3260Given a pointers byte size (as described by the debug information) and
3261the possible @code{DW_AT_address_class} value, return the type flags
3262used by @value{GDBN} to represent this address class. The value
3263returned should be one of @code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_1},
3264@code{TYPE_FLAG_ADDRESS_CLASS_2}, or possibly some combination of these
3265values or'd together.
3266@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3267
3268@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P ()
3269@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_P
3270Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS} has
3271been defined.
3272
3273@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME (@var{type_flags})
3274@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME
3275Return the name of the address class qualifier associated with the type
3276flags given by @var{type_flags}.
3277
3278@item ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P ()
3279@findex ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME_P
3280Predicate which indicates whether @code{ADDRESS_CLASS_TYPE_FLAGS_TO_NAME} has
3281been defined.
3282@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Address Classes}.
3283
93e79dbd 3284@item ADDRESS_TO_POINTER (@var{type}, @var{buf}, @var{addr})
56caf160 3285@findex ADDRESS_TO_POINTER
93e79dbd
JB
3286Store in @var{buf} a pointer of type @var{type} representing the address
3287@var{addr}, in the appropriate format for the current architecture.
3288This macro may safely assume that @var{type} is either a pointer or a
56caf160 3289C@t{++} reference type.
93e79dbd
JB
3290@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3291
c906108c 3292@item BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
56caf160
EZ
3293@findex BELIEVE_PCC_PROMOTION
3294Define if the compiler promotes a @code{short} or @code{char}
3295parameter to an @code{int}, but still reports the parameter as its
3296original type, rather than the promoted type.
c906108c 3297
c906108c 3298@item BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
56caf160
EZ
3299@findex BITS_BIG_ENDIAN
3300Define this if the numbering of bits in the targets does @strong{not} match the
c906108c 3301endianness of the target byte order. A value of 1 means that the bits
56caf160 3302are numbered in a big-endian bit order, 0 means little-endian.
c906108c
SS
3303
3304@item BREAKPOINT
56caf160 3305@findex BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3306This is the character array initializer for the bit pattern to put into
3307memory where a breakpoint is set. Although it's common to use a trap
3308instruction for a breakpoint, it's not required; for instance, the bit
3309pattern could be an invalid instruction. The breakpoint must be no
3310longer than the shortest instruction of the architecture.
3311
56caf160
EZ
3312@code{BREAKPOINT} has been deprecated in favor of
3313@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3314
c906108c 3315@item BIG_BREAKPOINT
56caf160
EZ
3316@itemx LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3317@findex LITTLE_BREAKPOINT
3318@findex BIG_BREAKPOINT
c906108c
SS
3319Similar to BREAKPOINT, but used for bi-endian targets.
3320
56caf160
EZ
3321@code{BIG_BREAKPOINT} and @code{LITTLE_BREAKPOINT} have been deprecated in
3322favor of @code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC}.
7a292a7a 3323
56caf160
EZ
3324@item BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC (@var{pcptr}, @var{lenptr})
3325@findex BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC
2dd0da42
AC
3326@anchor{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} Use the program counter to determine the
3327contents and size of a breakpoint instruction. It returns a pointer to
3328a string of bytes that encode a breakpoint instruction, stores the
3329length of the string to @code{*@var{lenptr}}, and adjusts the program
3330counter (if necessary) to point to the actual memory location where the
3331breakpoint should be inserted.
c906108c
SS
3332
3333Although it is common to use a trap instruction for a breakpoint, it's
3334not required; for instance, the bit pattern could be an invalid
3335instruction. The breakpoint must be no longer than the shortest
3336instruction of the architecture.
3337
7a292a7a
SS
3338Replaces all the other @var{BREAKPOINT} macros.
3339
8181d85f
DJ
3340@item MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
3341@itemx MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT (@var{bp_tgt})
56caf160
EZ
3342@findex MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
3343@findex MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT
917317f4
JM
3344Insert or remove memory based breakpoints. Reasonable defaults
3345(@code{default_memory_insert_breakpoint} and
3346@code{default_memory_remove_breakpoint} respectively) have been
3347provided so that it is not necessary to define these for most
3348architectures. Architectures which may want to define
56caf160 3349@code{MEMORY_INSERT_BREAKPOINT} and @code{MEMORY_REMOVE_BREAKPOINT} will
917317f4
JM
3350likely have instructions that are oddly sized or are not stored in a
3351conventional manner.
3352
3353It may also be desirable (from an efficiency standpoint) to define
3354custom breakpoint insertion and removal routines if
56caf160 3355@code{BREAKPOINT_FROM_PC} needs to read the target's memory for some
917317f4
JM
3356reason.
3357
1485d690
KB
3358@item ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS (@var{address})
3359@findex ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS
3360@cindex breakpoint address adjusted
3361Given an address at which a breakpoint is desired, return a breakpoint
3362address adjusted to account for architectural constraints on
3363breakpoint placement. This method is not needed by most targets.
3364
3365The FR-V target (see @file{frv-tdep.c}) requires this method.
3366The FR-V is a VLIW architecture in which a number of RISC-like
3367instructions are grouped (packed) together into an aggregate
3368instruction or instruction bundle. When the processor executes
3369one of these bundles, the component instructions are executed
3370in parallel.
3371
3372In the course of optimization, the compiler may group instructions
3373from distinct source statements into the same bundle. The line number
3374information associated with one of the latter statements will likely
3375refer to some instruction other than the first one in the bundle. So,
3376if the user attempts to place a breakpoint on one of these latter
3377statements, @value{GDBN} must be careful to @emph{not} place the break
3378instruction on any instruction other than the first one in the bundle.
3379(Remember though that the instructions within a bundle execute
3380in parallel, so the @emph{first} instruction is the instruction
3381at the lowest address and has nothing to do with execution order.)
3382
3383The FR-V's @code{ADJUST_BREAKPOINT_ADDRESS} method will adjust a
3384breakpoint's address by scanning backwards for the beginning of
3385the bundle, returning the address of the bundle.
3386
3387Since the adjustment of a breakpoint may significantly alter a user's
3388expectation, @value{GDBN} prints a warning when an adjusted breakpoint
3389is initially set and each time that that breakpoint is hit.
3390
c906108c 3391@item CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
56caf160
EZ
3392@findex CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION
3393See the file @file{inferior.h}.
7a292a7a 3394
7043d8dc
AC
3395This method has been replaced by @code{push_dummy_code}
3396(@pxref{push_dummy_code}).
3397
56caf160
EZ
3398@item CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3399@findex CANNOT_FETCH_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3400A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} cannot be fetched
3401from an inferior process. This is only relevant if
3402@code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined.
3403
56caf160
EZ
3404@item CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER (@var{regno})
3405@findex CANNOT_STORE_REGISTER
c906108c
SS
3406A C expression that should be nonzero if @var{regno} should not be
3407written to the target. This is often the case for program counters,
56caf160
EZ
3408status words, and other special registers. If this is not defined,
3409@value{GDBN} will assume that all registers may be written.
c906108c 3410
13d01224
AC
3411@item int CONVERT_REGISTER_P(@var{regnum})
3412@findex CONVERT_REGISTER_P
3413Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} can represent data values in a
3414non-standard form.
3415@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
3416
c906108c 3417@item DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
56caf160 3418@findex DECR_PC_AFTER_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3419Define this to be the amount by which to decrement the PC after the
3420program encounters a breakpoint. This is often the number of bytes in
56caf160 3421@code{BREAKPOINT}, though not always. For most targets this value will be 0.
c906108c 3422
56caf160
EZ
3423@item DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK (@var{addr})
3424@findex DISABLE_UNSETTABLE_BREAK
c906108c
SS
3425If defined, this should evaluate to 1 if @var{addr} is in a shared
3426library in which breakpoints cannot be set and so should be disabled.
3427
5e74b15c 3428@item PRINT_FLOAT_INFO()
0ab7a791 3429@findex PRINT_FLOAT_INFO
5e74b15c
RE
3430If defined, then the @samp{info float} command will print information about
3431the processor's floating point unit.
3432
0ab7a791
AC
3433@item print_registers_info (@var{gdbarch}, @var{frame}, @var{regnum}, @var{all})
3434@findex print_registers_info
3435If defined, pretty print the value of the register @var{regnum} for the
3436specified @var{frame}. If the value of @var{regnum} is -1, pretty print
3437either all registers (@var{all} is non zero) or a select subset of
3438registers (@var{all} is zero).
3439
3440The default method prints one register per line, and if @var{all} is
3441zero omits floating-point registers.
3442
e76f1f2e
AC
3443@item PRINT_VECTOR_INFO()
3444@findex PRINT_VECTOR_INFO
3445If defined, then the @samp{info vector} command will call this function
3446to print information about the processor's vector unit.
3447
3448By default, the @samp{info vector} command will print all vector
3449registers (the register's type having the vector attribute).
3450
0dcedd82 3451@item DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3452@findex DWARF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3453Convert DWARF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3454no conversion will be performed.
3455
3456@item DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3457@findex DWARF2_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3458Convert DWARF2 register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not
3459defined, no conversion will be performed.
3460
3461@item ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 3462@findex ECOFF_REG_TO_REGNUM
0dcedd82
AC
3463Convert ECOFF register number into @value{GDBN} regnum. If not defined,
3464no conversion will be performed.
3465
c906108c 3466@item END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
3467@findex END_OF_TEXT_DEFAULT
3468This is an expression that should designate the end of the text section.
3469@c (? FIXME ?)
c906108c 3470
56caf160
EZ
3471@item EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE(@var{type}, @var{regbuf}, @var{valbuf})
3472@findex EXTRACT_RETURN_VALUE
c906108c
SS
3473Define this to extract a function's return value of type @var{type} from
3474the raw register state @var{regbuf} and copy that, in virtual format,
3475into @var{valbuf}.
3476
92ad9cd9
AC
3477This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
3478(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
3479
74055713
AC
3480@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS(@var{regbuf})
3481@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS
3482@anchor{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}
83aa8bc6
AC
3483When defined, extract from the array @var{regbuf} (containing the raw
3484register state) the @code{CORE_ADDR} at which a function should return
3485its structure value.
ac9a91a7 3486
92ad9cd9 3487@xref{gdbarch_return_value}.
83aa8bc6 3488
74055713
AC
3489@item DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P()
3490@findex DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS_P
3491Predicate for @code{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}.
c906108c 3492
0ba6dca9
AC
3493@item DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
3494@findex DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM
cce74817
JM
3495If the virtual frame pointer is kept in a register, then define this
3496macro to be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3497
0ba6dca9
AC
3498This should only need to be defined if @code{DEPRECATED_TARGET_READ_FP}
3499is not defined.
c906108c 3500
19772a2c
AC
3501@item DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION(@var{fi})
3502@findex DEPRECATED_FRAMELESS_FUNCTION_INVOCATION
392a587b
JM
3503Define this to an expression that returns 1 if the function invocation
3504represented by @var{fi} does not have a stack frame associated with it.
3505Otherwise return 0.
c906108c 3506
790eb8f5
AC
3507@item frame_align (@var{address})
3508@anchor{frame_align}
3509@findex frame_align
3510Define this to adjust @var{address} so that it meets the alignment
3511requirements for the start of a new stack frame. A stack frame's
3512alignment requirements are typically stronger than a target processors
f27dd7fd 3513stack alignment requirements (@pxref{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}).
790eb8f5
AC
3514
3515This function is used to ensure that, when creating a dummy frame, both
3516the initial stack pointer and (if needed) the address of the return
3517value are correctly aligned.
3518
f27dd7fd
AC
3519Unlike @code{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}, this function always adjusts the
3520address in the direction of stack growth.
790eb8f5
AC
3521
3522By default, no frame based stack alignment is performed.
3523
8b148df9
AC
3524@item int frame_red_zone_size
3525
3526The number of bytes, beyond the innermost-stack-address, reserved by the
3527@sc{abi}. A function is permitted to use this scratch area (instead of
3528allocating extra stack space).
3529
3530When performing an inferior function call, to ensure that it does not
3531modify this area, @value{GDBN} adjusts the innermost-stack-address by
3532@var{frame_red_zone_size} bytes before pushing parameters onto the
3533stack.
3534
3535By default, zero bytes are allocated. The value must be aligned
3536(@pxref{frame_align}).
3537
3538The @sc{amd64} (nee x86-64) @sc{abi} documentation refers to the
3539@emph{red zone} when describing this scratch area.
3540@cindex red zone
3541
618ce49f
AC
3542@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN(@var{frame})
3543@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN
c906108c
SS
3544Given @var{frame}, return a pointer to the calling frame.
3545
618ce49f
AC
3546@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID(@var{chain}, @var{thisframe})
3547@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_CHAIN_VALID
95f90d25
DJ
3548Define this to be an expression that returns zero if the given frame is an
3549outermost frame, with no caller, and nonzero otherwise. Most normal
3550situations can be handled without defining this macro, including @code{NULL}
3551chain pointers, dummy frames, and frames whose PC values are inside the
3552startup file (e.g.@: @file{crt0.o}), inside @code{main}, or inside
3553@code{_start}.
c906108c 3554
f30ee0bc
AC
3555@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS(@var{frame})
3556@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS
c906108c
SS
3557See @file{frame.h}. Determines the address of all registers in the
3558current stack frame storing each in @code{frame->saved_regs}. Space for
3559@code{frame->saved_regs} shall be allocated by
f30ee0bc
AC
3560@code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS} using
3561@code{frame_saved_regs_zalloc}.
c906108c 3562
fb8f8949 3563@code{FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS} is deprecated.
c906108c 3564
56caf160
EZ
3565@item FRAME_NUM_ARGS (@var{fi})
3566@findex FRAME_NUM_ARGS
392a587b
JM
3567For the frame described by @var{fi} return the number of arguments that
3568are being passed. If the number of arguments is not known, return
3569@code{-1}.
c906108c 3570
8bedc050
AC
3571@item DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC(@var{frame})
3572@findex DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC
3573@anchor{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC} Given @var{frame}, return the pc
3574saved there. This is the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3575
3576This method is deprecated. @xref{unwind_pc}.
3577
3578@item CORE_ADDR unwind_pc (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3579@findex unwind_pc
3580@anchor{unwind_pc} Return the instruction address, in @var{this_frame}'s
3581caller, at which execution will resume after @var{this_frame} returns.
d3e8051b 3582This is commonly referred to as the return address.
12cc2063
AC
3583
3584The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3585is typically no more than:
3586
3587@smallexample
3588ULONGEST pc;
3589frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_PC_REGNUM, &pc);
3590return d10v_make_iaddr (pc);
3591@end smallexample
3592
3593@noindent
8bedc050 3594@xref{DEPRECATED_FRAME_SAVED_PC}, which this method replaces.
c906108c 3595
a9e5fdc2
AC
3596@item CORE_ADDR unwind_sp (struct frame_info *@var{this_frame})
3597@findex unwind_sp
3598@anchor{unwind_sp} Return the frame's inner most stack address. This is
d3e8051b 3599commonly referred to as the frame's @dfn{stack pointer}.
a9e5fdc2
AC
3600
3601The implementation, which must be frame agnostic (work with any frame),
3602is typically no more than:
3603
3604@smallexample
3605ULONGEST sp;
3606frame_unwind_unsigned_register (this_frame, D10V_SP_REGNUM, &sp);
3607return d10v_make_daddr (sp);
3608@end smallexample
3609
3610@noindent
3611@xref{TARGET_READ_SP}, which this method replaces.
3612
c906108c 3613@item FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
56caf160 3614@findex FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE
c906108c
SS
3615For some COFF targets, the @code{x_sym.x_misc.x_fsize} field of the
3616function end symbol is 0. For such targets, you must define
3617@code{FUNCTION_EPILOGUE_SIZE} to expand into the standard size of a
3618function's epilogue.
3619
782263ab
AC
3620@item DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
3621@findex DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET
f7cb2b90
JB
3622An integer, giving the offset in bytes from a function's address (as
3623used in the values of symbols, function pointers, etc.), and the
3624function's first genuine instruction.
3625
3626This is zero on almost all machines: the function's address is usually
782263ab
AC
3627the address of its first instruction. However, on the VAX, for
3628example, each function starts with two bytes containing a bitmask
3629indicating which registers to save upon entry to the function. The
3630VAX @code{call} instructions check this value, and save the
3631appropriate registers automatically. Thus, since the offset from the
3632function's address to its first instruction is two bytes,
3633@code{DEPRECATED_FUNCTION_START_OFFSET} would be 2 on the VAX.
f7cb2b90 3634
c906108c 3635@item GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
56caf160
EZ
3636@itemx GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3637@findex GCC2_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3638@findex GCC_COMPILED_FLAG_SYMBOL
3639If defined, these are the names of the symbols that @value{GDBN} will
3640look for to detect that GCC compiled the file. The default symbols
3641are @code{gcc_compiled.} and @code{gcc2_compiled.},
3642respectively. (Currently only defined for the Delta 68.)
c906108c 3643
25822942 3644@item @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
56caf160 3645@findex @value{GDBN}_MULTI_ARCH
937f164b 3646If defined and non-zero, enables support for multiple architectures
25822942 3647within @value{GDBN}.
0f71a2f6 3648
56caf160 3649This support can be enabled at two levels. At level one, only
0f71a2f6 3650definitions for previously undefined macros are provided; at level two,
937f164b 3651a multi-arch definition of all architecture dependent macros will be
0f71a2f6
JM
3652defined.
3653
25822942 3654@item @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
56caf160
EZ
3655@findex @value{GDBN}_TARGET_IS_HPPA
3656This determines whether horrible kludge code in @file{dbxread.c} and
3657@file{partial-stab.h} is used to mangle multiple-symbol-table files from
3658HPPA's. This should all be ripped out, and a scheme like @file{elfread.c}
3659used instead.
c906108c 3660
c906108c 3661@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 3662@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
3663For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
3664DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
937f164b 3665the header file @file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 3666
56caf160
EZ
3667This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
3668assuming that we have just stopped at a @code{longjmp} breakpoint. It takes a
3669@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
3670pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
3671
ac2adee5
AC
3672@item DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
3673@findex DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER
c906108c 3674Define this if you need to supply your own definition for the function
ac2adee5 3675@code{DEPRECATED_GET_SAVED_REGISTER}.
c906108c 3676
268e2188
AC
3677@item DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3678@findex DEPRECATED_IBM6000_TARGET
3679Shows that we are configured for an IBM RS/6000 system. This
c906108c 3680conditional should be eliminated (FIXME) and replaced by
56caf160 3681feature-specific macros. It was introduced in a haste and we are
c906108c
SS
3682repenting at leisure.
3683
9742079a
EZ
3684@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
3685An x86-based target can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
3686support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
3687
2df3850c 3688@item SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
56caf160 3689@findex SYMBOLS_CAN_START_WITH_DOLLAR
2df3850c 3690Some systems have routines whose names start with @samp{$}. Giving this
25822942 3691macro a non-zero value tells @value{GDBN}'s expression parser to check for such
2df3850c
JM
3692routines when parsing tokens that begin with @samp{$}.
3693
3694On HP-UX, certain system routines (millicode) have names beginning with
3695@samp{$} or @samp{$$}. For example, @code{$$dyncall} is a millicode
3696routine that handles inter-space procedure calls on PA-RISC.
3697
e9582e71
AC
3698@item DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO (@var{fromleaf}, @var{frame})
3699@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_EXTRA_FRAME_INFO
c906108c
SS
3700If additional information about the frame is required this should be
3701stored in @code{frame->extra_info}. Space for @code{frame->extra_info}
372613e3 3702is allocated using @code{frame_extra_info_zalloc}.
c906108c 3703
a5afb99f
AC
3704@item DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC (@var{fromleaf}, @var{prev})
3705@findex DEPRECATED_INIT_FRAME_PC
c906108c
SS
3706This is a C statement that sets the pc of the frame pointed to by
3707@var{prev}. [By default...]
3708
56caf160
EZ
3709@item INNER_THAN (@var{lhs}, @var{rhs})
3710@findex INNER_THAN
c906108c
SS
3711Returns non-zero if stack address @var{lhs} is inner than (nearer to the
3712stack top) stack address @var{rhs}. Define this as @code{lhs < rhs} if
3713the target's stack grows downward in memory, or @code{lhs > rsh} if the
3714stack grows upward.
3715
9e5abb06
CV
3716@item gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{pc})
3717@findex gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p
3718Returns non-zero if the given @var{pc} is in the epilogue of a function.
3719The epilogue of a function is defined as the part of a function where
3720the stack frame of the function already has been destroyed up to the
3721final `return from function call' instruction.
3722
aa2a3f87
AC
3723@item DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START (@var{pc})
3724@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_START
3725@itemx DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END (@var{pc})
3726@findex DEPRECATED_SIGTRAMP_END
56caf160 3727Define these to be the start and end address of the @code{sigtramp} for the
c906108c
SS
3728given @var{pc}. On machines where the address is just a compile time
3729constant, the macro expansion will typically just ignore the supplied
3730@var{pc}.
3731
56caf160
EZ
3732@item IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3733@findex IN_SOLIB_CALL_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3734Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3735trampoline that connects to a shared library.
3736
56caf160
EZ
3737@item IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE (@var{pc}, @var{name})
3738@findex IN_SOLIB_RETURN_TRAMPOLINE
c906108c
SS
3739Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3740trampoline that returns from a shared library.
3741
56caf160
EZ
3742@item IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE (@var{pc})
3743@findex IN_SOLIB_DYNSYM_RESOLVE_CODE
d4f3574e
SS
3744Define this to evaluate to nonzero if the program is stopped in the
3745dynamic linker.
3746
56caf160
EZ
3747@item SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER (@var{pc})
3748@findex SKIP_SOLIB_RESOLVER
d4f3574e
SS
3749Define this to evaluate to the (nonzero) address at which execution
3750should continue to get past the dynamic linker's symbol resolution
3751function. A zero value indicates that it is not important or necessary
3752to set a breakpoint to get through the dynamic linker and that single
3753stepping will suffice.
3754
fc0c74b1
AC
3755@item INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
3756@findex INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS
3757@cindex converting integers to addresses
3758Define this when the architecture needs to handle non-pointer to address
3759conversions specially. Converts that value to an address according to
3760the current architectures conventions.
3761
3762@emph{Pragmatics: When the user copies a well defined expression from
3763their source code and passes it, as a parameter, to @value{GDBN}'s
3764@code{print} command, they should get the same value as would have been
3765computed by the target program. Any deviation from this rule can cause
3766major confusion and annoyance, and needs to be justified carefully. In
3767other words, @value{GDBN} doesn't really have the freedom to do these
3768conversions in clever and useful ways. It has, however, been pointed
3769out that users aren't complaining about how @value{GDBN} casts integers
3770to pointers; they are complaining that they can't take an address from a
3771disassembly listing and give it to @code{x/i}. Adding an architecture
3772method like @code{INTEGER_TO_ADDRESS} certainly makes it possible for
3773@value{GDBN} to ``get it right'' in all circumstances.}
3774
3775@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always
3776Addresses}.
3777
c906108c 3778@item NO_HIF_SUPPORT
56caf160 3779@findex NO_HIF_SUPPORT
c906108c
SS
3780(Specific to the a29k.)
3781
93e79dbd 3782@item POINTER_TO_ADDRESS (@var{type}, @var{buf})
56caf160 3783@findex POINTER_TO_ADDRESS
93e79dbd
JB
3784Assume that @var{buf} holds a pointer of type @var{type}, in the
3785appropriate format for the current architecture. Return the byte
3786address the pointer refers to.
3787@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Pointers Are Not Always Addresses}.
3788
9fb4dd36 3789@item REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3790@findex REGISTER_CONVERTIBLE
9fb4dd36 3791Return non-zero if @var{reg} uses different raw and virtual formats.
13d01224
AC
3792@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3793
3794@item REGISTER_TO_VALUE(@var{regnum}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
3795@findex REGISTER_TO_VALUE
3796Convert the raw contents of register @var{regnum} into a value of type
3797@var{type}.
4281a42e 3798@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3799
12c266ea
AC
3800@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE (@var{reg})
3801@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3802Return the raw size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the register's
3803virtual type.
13d01224 3804@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3805
617073a9
AC
3806@item register_reggroup_p (@var{gdbarch}, @var{regnum}, @var{reggroup})
3807@findex register_reggroup_p
3808@cindex register groups
3809Return non-zero if register @var{regnum} is a member of the register
3810group @var{reggroup}.
3811
3812By default, registers are grouped as follows:
3813
3814@table @code
3815@item float_reggroup
3816Any register with a valid name and a floating-point type.
3817@item vector_reggroup
3818Any register with a valid name and a vector type.
3819@item general_reggroup
3820Any register with a valid name and a type other than vector or
3821floating-point. @samp{float_reggroup}.
3822@item save_reggroup
3823@itemx restore_reggroup
3824@itemx all_reggroup
3825Any register with a valid name.
3826@end table
3827
f30992d4
AC
3828@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE (@var{reg})
3829@findex DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_SIZE
b2e75d78
AC
3830Return the virtual size of @var{reg}; defaults to the size of the
3831register's virtual type.
13d01224
AC
3832Return the virtual size of @var{reg}.
3833@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3834
2e092625 3835@item DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE (@var{reg})
56caf160 3836@findex REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE
9fb4dd36 3837Return the virtual type of @var{reg}.
13d01224 3838@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3839
77e7e267
AC
3840@item struct type *register_type (@var{gdbarch}, @var{reg})
3841@findex register_type
3842If defined, return the type of register @var{reg}. This function
d3e8051b 3843supersedes @code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_VIRTUAL_TYPE}. @xref{Target Architecture
77e7e267
AC
3844Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
3845
9fb4dd36 3846@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL(@var{reg}, @var{type}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3847@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_VIRTUAL
9fb4dd36 3848Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its raw form to its virtual
4281a42e 3849form.
13d01224 3850@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36
JB
3851
3852@item REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW(@var{type}, @var{reg}, @var{from}, @var{to})
56caf160 3853@findex REGISTER_CONVERT_TO_RAW
9fb4dd36 3854Convert the value of register @var{reg} from its virtual form to its raw
4281a42e 3855form.
13d01224 3856@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Raw and Virtual Register Representations}.
9fb4dd36 3857
0ab4b752
MK
3858@item const struct regset *regset_from_core_section (struct gdbarch * @var{gdbarch}, const char * @var{sect_name}, size_t @var{sect_size})
3859@findex regset_from_core_section
3860Return the appropriate register set for a core file section with name
3861@var{sect_name} and size @var{sect_size}.
3862
b0ed3589 3863@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P()
56caf160 3864@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP_P
c906108c 3865Define this as 1 if the target does not have a hardware single-step
56caf160 3866mechanism. The macro @code{SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP} must also be defined.
c906108c 3867
d3e8051b 3868@item SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP(@var{signal}, @var{insert_breakpoints_p})
56caf160
EZ
3869@findex SOFTWARE_SINGLE_STEP
3870A function that inserts or removes (depending on
d3e8051b 3871@var{insert_breakpoints_p}) breakpoints at each possible destinations of
56caf160 3872the next instruction. See @file{sparc-tdep.c} and @file{rs6000-tdep.c}
c906108c
SS
3873for examples.
3874
da59e081 3875@item SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
56caf160 3876@findex SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING
da59e081
JM
3877Somebody clever observed that, the more actual addresses you have in the
3878debug information, the more time the linker has to spend relocating
3879them. So whenever there's some other way the debugger could find the
3880address it needs, you should omit it from the debug info, to make
3881linking faster.
3882
3883@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} indicates that a particular set of
3884hacks of this sort are in use, affecting @code{N_SO} and @code{N_FUN}
3885entries in stabs-format debugging information. @code{N_SO} stabs mark
3886the beginning and ending addresses of compilation units in the text
3887segment. @code{N_FUN} stabs mark the starts and ends of functions.
3888
3889@code{SOFUN_ADDRESS_MAYBE_MISSING} means two things:
da59e081 3890
56caf160 3891@itemize @bullet
da59e081
JM
3892@item
3893@code{N_FUN} stabs have an address of zero. Instead, you should find the
3894addresses where the function starts by taking the function name from
56caf160
EZ
3895the stab, and then looking that up in the minsyms (the
3896linker/assembler symbol table). In other words, the stab has the
3897name, and the linker/assembler symbol table is the only place that carries
da59e081
JM
3898the address.
3899
3900@item
3901@code{N_SO} stabs have an address of zero, too. You just look at the
3902@code{N_FUN} stabs that appear before and after the @code{N_SO} stab,
3903and guess the starting and ending addresses of the compilation unit from
3904them.
da59e081
JM
3905@end itemize
3906
c906108c 3907@item PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
56caf160 3908@findex PC_LOAD_SEGMENT
c906108c
SS
3909If defined, print information about the load segment for the program
3910counter. (Defined only for the RS/6000.)
3911
3912@item PC_REGNUM
56caf160 3913@findex PC_REGNUM
c906108c 3914If the program counter is kept in a register, then define this macro to
cce74817
JM
3915be the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register.
3916
3917This should only need to be defined if @code{TARGET_READ_PC} and
3918@code{TARGET_WRITE_PC} are not defined.
c906108c 3919
2df3850c 3920@item PARM_BOUNDARY
56caf160 3921@findex PARM_BOUNDARY
2df3850c
JM
3922If non-zero, round arguments to a boundary of this many bits before
3923pushing them on the stack.
3924
a38c9fe6
MK
3925@item stabs_argument_has_addr (@var{gdbarch}, @var{type})
3926@findex stabs_argument_has_addr
3927@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
3928@anchor{stabs_argument_has_addr} Define this to return nonzero if a
3929function argument of type @var{type} is passed by reference instead of
3930value.
3931
ee206350
AG
3932This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}
3933(@pxref{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}).
a38c9fe6 3934
c906108c 3935@item PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
56caf160 3936@findex PROCESS_LINENUMBER_HOOK
c906108c
SS
3937A hook defined for XCOFF reading.
3938
3939@item PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
56caf160 3940@findex PROLOGUE_FIRSTLINE_OVERLAP
c906108c
SS
3941(Only used in unsupported Convex configuration.)
3942
3943@item PS_REGNUM
56caf160 3944@findex PS_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
3945If defined, this is the number of the processor status register. (This
3946definition is only used in generic code when parsing "$ps".)
3947
749b82f6
AC
3948@item DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3949@findex DEPRECATED_POP_FRAME
3950@findex frame_pop
3951If defined, used by @code{frame_pop} to remove a stack frame. This
d3e8051b 3952method has been superseded by generic code.
c906108c 3953
d4b6d575 3954@item push_dummy_call (@var{gdbarch}, @var{function}, @var{regcache}, @var{pc_addr}, @var{nargs}, @var{args}, @var{sp}, @var{struct_return}, @var{struct_addr})
b81774d8
AC
3955@findex push_dummy_call
3956@findex DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS.
39fe6e80
AC
3957@anchor{push_dummy_call} Define this to push the dummy frame's call to
3958the inferior function onto the stack. In addition to pushing
3959@var{nargs}, the code should push @var{struct_addr} (when
3960@var{struct_return}), and the return address (@var{bp_addr}).
c906108c 3961
86fe4aaa 3962@var{function} is a pointer to a @code{struct value}; on architectures that use
d4b6d575
RC
3963function descriptors, this contains the function descriptor value.
3964
b24da7d0 3965Returns the updated top-of-stack pointer.
b81774d8
AC
3966
3967This method replaces @code{DEPRECATED_PUSH_ARGUMENTS}.
3968
7043d8dc
AC
3969@item CORE_ADDR push_dummy_code (@var{gdbarch}, @var{sp}, @var{funaddr}, @var{using_gcc}, @var{args}, @var{nargs}, @var{value_type}, @var{real_pc}, @var{bp_addr})
3970@findex push_dummy_code
7043d8dc
AC
3971@anchor{push_dummy_code} Given a stack based call dummy, push the
3972instruction sequence (including space for a breakpoint) to which the
3973called function should return.
3974
3975Set @var{bp_addr} to the address at which the breakpoint instruction
3976should be inserted, @var{real_pc} to the resume address when starting
3977the call sequence, and return the updated inner-most stack address.
3978
3979By default, the stack is grown sufficient to hold a frame-aligned
3980(@pxref{frame_align}) breakpoint, @var{bp_addr} is set to the address
3981reserved for that breakpoint, and @var{real_pc} set to @var{funaddr}.
3982
434b87dd 3983This method replaces @code{CALL_DUMMY_LOCATION},
28954179 3984@code{DEPRECATED_REGISTER_SIZE}.
7043d8dc 3985
56caf160
EZ
3986@item REGISTER_NAME(@var{i})
3987@findex REGISTER_NAME
3988Return the name of register @var{i} as a string. May return @code{NULL}
3989or @code{NUL} to indicate that register @var{i} is not valid.
c906108c 3990
8e823e25
MK
3991@item DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
3992@findex DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR
a38c9fe6
MK
3993@anchor{DEPRECATED_REG_STRUCT_HAS_ADDR}Define this to return 1 if the
3994given type will be passed by pointer rather than directly.
3995
3996This method has been replaced by @code{stabs_argument_has_addr}
3997(@pxref{stabs_argument_has_addr}).
c906108c 3998
b24da7d0
AC
3999@item SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS (@var{sp})
4000@findex SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS
4001@anchor{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS} Used in @samp{call_function_by_hand} to
4002notify the target dependent code of the top-of-stack value that will be
d3e8051b 4003passed to the inferior code. This is the value of the @code{SP}
b24da7d0
AC
4004after both the dummy frame and space for parameters/results have been
4005allocated on the stack. @xref{unwind_dummy_id}.
43ff13b4 4006
c906108c 4007@item SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 4008@findex SDB_REG_TO_REGNUM
25822942 4009Define this to convert sdb register numbers into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not
c906108c
SS
4010defined, no conversion will be done.
4011
963e2bb7 4012@item enum return_value_convention gdbarch_return_value (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct type *@var{valtype}, struct regcache *@var{regcache}, void *@var{readbuf}, const void *@var{writebuf})
92ad9cd9
AC
4013@findex gdbarch_return_value
4014@anchor{gdbarch_return_value} Given a function with a return-value of
4015type @var{rettype}, return which return-value convention that function
4016would use.
4017
4018@value{GDBN} currently recognizes two function return-value conventions:
4019@code{RETURN_VALUE_REGISTER_CONVENTION} where the return value is found
4020in registers; and @code{RETURN_VALUE_STRUCT_CONVENTION} where the return
4021value is found in memory and the address of that memory location is
4022passed in as the function's first parameter.
4023
963e2bb7
AC
4024If the register convention is being used, and @var{writebuf} is
4025non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return-value in @var{writebuf} into
92ad9cd9
AC
4026@var{regcache}.
4027
963e2bb7 4028If the register convention is being used, and @var{readbuf} is
92ad9cd9 4029non-@code{NULL}, also copy the return value from @var{regcache} into
963e2bb7 4030@var{readbuf} (@var{regcache} contains a copy of the registers from the
92ad9cd9
AC
4031just returned function).
4032
74055713 4033@xref{DEPRECATED_EXTRACT_STRUCT_VALUE_ADDRESS}, for a description of how
92ad9cd9
AC
4034return-values that use the struct convention are handled.
4035
4036@emph{Maintainer note: This method replaces separate predicate, extract,
4037store methods. By having only one method, the logic needed to determine
4038the return-value convention need only be implemented in one place. If
4039@value{GDBN} were written in an @sc{oo} language, this method would
4040instead return an object that knew how to perform the register
4041return-value extract and store.}
4042
4043@emph{Maintainer note: This method does not take a @var{gcc_p}
4044parameter, and such a parameter should not be added. If an architecture
4045that requires per-compiler or per-function information be identified,
4046then the replacement of @var{rettype} with @code{struct value}
d3e8051b 4047@var{function} should be pursued.}
92ad9cd9
AC
4048
4049@emph{Maintainer note: The @var{regcache} parameter limits this methods
4050to the inner most frame. While replacing @var{regcache} with a
4051@code{struct frame_info} @var{frame} parameter would remove that
4052limitation there has yet to be a demonstrated need for such a change.}
4053
c2c6d25f 4054@item SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
56caf160 4055@findex SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT
25822942 4056Advance the inferior's PC past a permanent breakpoint. @value{GDBN} normally
c2c6d25f
JM
4057steps over a breakpoint by removing it, stepping one instruction, and
4058re-inserting the breakpoint. However, permanent breakpoints are
4059hardwired into the inferior, and can't be removed, so this strategy
56caf160 4060doesn't work. Calling @code{SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT} adjusts the processor's
c2c6d25f
JM
4061state so that execution will resume just after the breakpoint. This
4062macro does the right thing even when the breakpoint is in the delay slot
4063of a branch or jump.
4064
56caf160
EZ
4065@item SKIP_PROLOGUE (@var{pc})
4066@findex SKIP_PROLOGUE
b83266a0
SS
4067A C expression that returns the address of the ``real'' code beyond the
4068function entry prologue found at @var{pc}.
c906108c 4069
56caf160
EZ
4070@item SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE (@var{pc})
4071@findex SKIP_TRAMPOLINE_CODE
c906108c
SS
4072If the target machine has trampoline code that sits between callers and
4073the functions being called, then define this macro to return a new PC
4074that is at the start of the real function.
4075
4076@item SP_REGNUM
56caf160 4077@findex SP_REGNUM
cce74817 4078If the stack-pointer is kept in a register, then define this macro to be
6c0e89ed
AC
4079the number (greater than or equal to zero) of that register, or -1 if
4080there is no such register.
c906108c
SS
4081
4082@item STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
56caf160 4083@findex STAB_REG_TO_REGNUM
c906108c 4084Define this to convert stab register numbers (as gotten from `r'
25822942 4085declarations) into @value{GDBN} regnums. If not defined, no conversion will be
c906108c
SS
4086done.
4087
f27dd7fd
AC
4088@item DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN (@var{addr})
4089@anchor{DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN}
4090@findex DEPRECATED_STACK_ALIGN
790eb8f5
AC
4091Define this to increase @var{addr} so that it meets the alignment
4092requirements for the processor's stack.
4093
4094Unlike @ref{frame_align}, this function always adjusts @var{addr}
4095upwards.
4096
4097By default, no stack alignment is performed.
c906108c 4098
56caf160
EZ
4099@item STEP_SKIPS_DELAY (@var{addr})
4100@findex STEP_SKIPS_DELAY
c906108c
SS
4101Define this to return true if the address is of an instruction with a
4102delay slot. If a breakpoint has been placed in the instruction's delay
25822942 4103slot, @value{GDBN} will single-step over that instruction before resuming
c906108c
SS
4104normally. Currently only defined for the Mips.
4105
ebba8386 4106@item STORE_RETURN_VALUE (@var{type}, @var{regcache}, @var{valbuf})
56caf160 4107@findex STORE_RETURN_VALUE
ebba8386
AC
4108A C expression that writes the function return value, found in
4109@var{valbuf}, into the @var{regcache}. @var{type} is the type of the
4110value that is to be returned.
c906108c 4111
92ad9cd9
AC
4112This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4113(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4114
c906108c 4115@item SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
56caf160
EZ
4116@findex SYMBOL_RELOADING_DEFAULT
4117The default value of the ``symbol-reloading'' variable. (Never defined in
c906108c
SS
4118current sources.)
4119
c906108c 4120@item TARGET_CHAR_BIT
56caf160 4121@findex TARGET_CHAR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4122Number of bits in a char; defaults to 8.
4123
c3d3ce5b
JB
4124@item TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4125@findex TARGET_CHAR_SIGNED
4126Non-zero if @code{char} is normally signed on this architecture; zero if
4127it should be unsigned.
4128
4129The ISO C standard requires the compiler to treat @code{char} as
4130equivalent to either @code{signed char} or @code{unsigned char}; any
4131character in the standard execution set is supposed to be positive.
4132Most compilers treat @code{char} as signed, but @code{char} is unsigned
4133on the IBM S/390, RS6000, and PowerPC targets.
4134
c906108c 4135@item TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4136@findex TARGET_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4137Number of bits in a complex number; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_FLOAT_BIT}.
4138
ac9a91a7
JM
4139At present this macro is not used.
4140
c906108c 4141@item TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4142@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4143Number of bits in a double float; defaults to @code{8 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4144
4145@item TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
56caf160 4146@findex TARGET_DOUBLE_COMPLEX_BIT
c906108c
SS
4147Number of bits in a double complex; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4148
ac9a91a7
JM
4149At present this macro is not used.
4150
c906108c 4151@item TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
56caf160 4152@findex TARGET_FLOAT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4153Number of bits in a float; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4154
4155@item TARGET_INT_BIT
56caf160 4156@findex TARGET_INT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4157Number of bits in an integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4158
4159@item TARGET_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4160@findex TARGET_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4161Number of bits in a long integer; defaults to @code{4 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4162
4163@item TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
56caf160 4164@findex TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_BIT
c906108c
SS
4165Number of bits in a long double float;
4166defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_DOUBLE_BIT}.
4167
4168@item TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
56caf160 4169@findex TARGET_LONG_LONG_BIT
c906108c
SS
4170Number of bits in a long long integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_LONG_BIT}.
4171
4172@item TARGET_PTR_BIT
56caf160 4173@findex TARGET_PTR_BIT
c906108c
SS
4174Number of bits in a pointer; defaults to @code{TARGET_INT_BIT}.
4175
4176@item TARGET_SHORT_BIT
56caf160 4177@findex TARGET_SHORT_BIT
c906108c
SS
4178Number of bits in a short integer; defaults to @code{2 * TARGET_CHAR_BIT}.
4179
4180@item TARGET_READ_PC
56caf160
EZ
4181@findex TARGET_READ_PC
4182@itemx TARGET_WRITE_PC (@var{val}, @var{pid})
4183@findex TARGET_WRITE_PC
0717ae8a 4184@anchor{TARGET_WRITE_PC}
56caf160
EZ
4185@itemx TARGET_READ_SP
4186@findex TARGET_READ_SP
56caf160
EZ
4187@itemx TARGET_READ_FP
4188@findex TARGET_READ_FP
56caf160
EZ
4189@findex read_pc
4190@findex write_pc
4191@findex read_sp
56caf160 4192@findex read_fp
a9e5fdc2 4193@anchor{TARGET_READ_SP} These change the behavior of @code{read_pc},
8d2c00cb 4194@code{write_pc}, and @code{read_sp}. For most targets, these may be
9c8dbfa9
AC
4195left undefined. @value{GDBN} will call the read and write register
4196functions with the relevant @code{_REGNUM} argument.
c906108c
SS
4197
4198These macros are useful when a target keeps one of these registers in a
4199hard to get at place; for example, part in a segment register and part
4200in an ordinary register.
4201
a9e5fdc2
AC
4202@xref{unwind_sp}, which replaces @code{TARGET_READ_SP}.
4203
56caf160
EZ
4204@item TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER(@var{pc}, @var{regp}, @var{offsetp})
4205@findex TARGET_VIRTUAL_FRAME_POINTER
0ba6dca9
AC
4206Returns a @code{(register, offset)} pair representing the virtual frame
4207pointer in use at the code address @var{pc}. If virtual frame pointers
4208are not used, a default definition simply returns
4209@code{DEPRECATED_FP_REGNUM}, with an offset of zero.
c906108c 4210
9742079a
EZ
4211@item TARGET_HAS_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINTS
4212If non-zero, the target has support for hardware-assisted
4213watchpoints. @xref{Algorithms, watchpoints}, for more details and
4214other related macros.
4215
7ccaa899
EZ
4216@item TARGET_PRINT_INSN (@var{addr}, @var{info})
4217@findex TARGET_PRINT_INSN
4218This is the function used by @value{GDBN} to print an assembly
4219instruction. It prints the instruction at address @var{addr} in
4220debugged memory and returns the length of the instruction, in bytes. If
4221a target doesn't define its own printing routine, it defaults to an
d7a27068
AC
4222accessor function for the global pointer
4223@code{deprecated_tm_print_insn}. This usually points to a function in
4224the @code{opcodes} library (@pxref{Support Libraries, ,Opcodes}).
4225@var{info} is a structure (of type @code{disassemble_info}) defined in
4226@file{include/dis-asm.h} used to pass information to the instruction
4227decoding routine.
7ccaa899 4228
6314f104
AC
4229@item struct frame_id unwind_dummy_id (struct frame_info *@var{frame})
4230@findex unwind_dummy_id
4231@anchor{unwind_dummy_id} Given @var{frame} return a @code{struct
4232frame_id} that uniquely identifies an inferior function call's dummy
b24da7d0
AC
4233frame. The value returned must match the dummy frame stack value
4234previously saved using @code{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
4235@xref{SAVE_DUMMY_FRAME_TOS}.
6314f104 4236
b5622e8d
AC
4237@item DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION (@var{gcc_p}, @var{type})
4238@findex DEPRECATED_USE_STRUCT_CONVENTION
c906108c
SS
4239If defined, this must be an expression that is nonzero if a value of the
4240given @var{type} being returned from a function must have space
4241allocated for it on the stack. @var{gcc_p} is true if the function
4242being considered is known to have been compiled by GCC; this is helpful
4243for systems where GCC is known to use different calling convention than
4244other compilers.
4245
92ad9cd9
AC
4246This method has been deprecated in favour of @code{gdbarch_return_value}
4247(@pxref{gdbarch_return_value}).
4248
13d01224
AC
4249@item VALUE_TO_REGISTER(@var{type}, @var{regnum}, @var{from}, @var{to})
4250@findex VALUE_TO_REGISTER
4251Convert a value of type @var{type} into the raw contents of register
4252@var{regnum}'s.
4253@xref{Target Architecture Definition, , Using Different Register and Memory Data Representations}.
4254
56caf160
EZ
4255@item VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4256@findex VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c
SS
4257For dbx-style debugging information, if the compiler puts variable
4258declarations inside LBRAC/RBRAC blocks, this should be defined to be
4259nonzero. @var{desc} is the value of @code{n_desc} from the
25822942 4260@code{N_RBRAC} symbol, and @var{gcc_p} is true if @value{GDBN} has noticed the
c906108c
SS
4261presence of either the @code{GCC_COMPILED_SYMBOL} or the
4262@code{GCC2_COMPILED_SYMBOL}. By default, this is 0.
4263
56caf160
EZ
4264@item OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK (@var{desc}, @var{gcc_p})
4265@findex OS9K_VARIABLES_INSIDE_BLOCK
c906108c 4266Similarly, for OS/9000. Defaults to 1.
c906108c
SS
4267@end table
4268
4269Motorola M68K target conditionals.
4270
56caf160 4271@ftable @code
c906108c
SS
4272@item BPT_VECTOR
4273Define this to be the 4-bit location of the breakpoint trap vector. If
4274not defined, it will default to @code{0xf}.
4275
4276@item REMOTE_BPT_VECTOR
4277Defaults to @code{1}.
a23a7bf1
JB
4278
4279@item NAME_OF_MALLOC
4280@findex NAME_OF_MALLOC
4281A string containing the name of the function to call in order to
4282allocate some memory in the inferior. The default value is "malloc".
4283
56caf160 4284@end ftable
c906108c
SS
4285
4286@section Adding a New Target
4287
56caf160 4288@cindex adding a target
af6c57ea 4289The following files add a target to @value{GDBN}:
c906108c
SS
4290
4291@table @file
56caf160 4292@vindex TDEPFILES
c906108c
SS
4293@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{ttt}.mt
4294Contains a Makefile fragment specific to this target. Specifies what
4295object files are needed for target @var{ttt}, by defining
104c1213
JM
4296@samp{TDEPFILES=@dots{}} and @samp{TDEPLIBS=@dots{}}. Also specifies
4297the header file which describes @var{ttt}, by defining @samp{TM_FILE=
4298tm-@var{ttt}.h}.
4299
4300You can also define @samp{TM_CFLAGS}, @samp{TM_CLIBS}, @samp{TM_CDEPS},
4301but these are now deprecated, replaced by autoconf, and may go away in
25822942 4302future versions of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4303
c906108c
SS
4304@item gdb/@var{ttt}-tdep.c
4305Contains any miscellaneous code required for this target machine. On
4306some machines it doesn't exist at all. Sometimes the macros in
4307@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h} become very complicated, so they are implemented
4308as functions here instead, and the macro is simply defined to call the
4309function. This is vastly preferable, since it is easier to understand
4310and debug.
4311
af6c57ea
AC
4312@item gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.c
4313@itemx gdb/@var{arch}-tdep.h
4314This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
4315processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
4316@file{@var{ttt}-tdep.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use
4317the same processor.
4318
4319@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{ttt}.h
4320(@file{tm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains
4321macro definitions about the target machine's registers, stack frame
4322format and instructions.
4323
4324New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4325
c906108c
SS
4326@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h
4327This often exists to describe the basic layout of the target machine's
56caf160 4328processor chip (registers, stack, etc.). If used, it is included by
c906108c
SS
4329@file{tm-@var{ttt}.h}. It can be shared among many targets that use the
4330same processor.
4331
af6c57ea
AC
4332New targets do not need this file and should not create it.
4333
c906108c
SS
4334@end table
4335
4336If you are adding a new operating system for an existing CPU chip, add a
4337@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h} file that describes the operating system
4338facilities that are unusual (extra symbol table info; the breakpoint
56caf160 4339instruction needed; etc.). Then write a @file{@var{arch}/tm-@var{os}.h}
c906108c
SS
4340that just @code{#include}s @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} and
4341@file{config/tm-@var{os}.h}.
4342
4343
3352e23e
AC
4344@section Converting an existing Target Architecture to Multi-arch
4345@cindex converting targets to multi-arch
4346
4347This section describes the current accepted best practice for converting
4348an existing target architecture to the multi-arch framework.
4349
4350The process consists of generating, testing, posting and committing a
4351sequence of patches. Each patch must contain a single change, for
4352instance:
4353
4354@itemize @bullet
4355
4356@item
4357Directly convert a group of functions into macros (the conversion does
4358not change the behavior of any of the functions).
4359
4360@item
4361Replace a non-multi-arch with a multi-arch mechanism (e.g.,
4362@code{FRAME_INFO}).
4363
4364@item
4365Enable multi-arch level one.
4366
4367@item
4368Delete one or more files.
4369
4370@end itemize
4371
4372@noindent
4373There isn't a size limit on a patch, however, a developer is strongly
4374encouraged to keep the patch size down.
4375
4376Since each patch is well defined, and since each change has been tested
4377and shows no regressions, the patches are considered @emph{fairly}
4378obvious. Such patches, when submitted by developers listed in the
4379@file{MAINTAINERS} file, do not need approval. Occasional steps in the
4380process may be more complicated and less clear. The developer is
4381expected to use their judgment and is encouraged to seek advice as
4382needed.
4383
4384@subsection Preparation
4385
4386The first step is to establish control. Build (with @option{-Werror}
4387enabled) and test the target so that there is a baseline against which
4388the debugger can be compared.
4389
4390At no stage can the test results regress or @value{GDBN} stop compiling
4391with @option{-Werror}.
4392
4393@subsection Add the multi-arch initialization code
4394
4395The objective of this step is to establish the basic multi-arch
4396framework. It involves
4397
4398@itemize @bullet
4399
4400@item
4401The addition of a @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} function@footnote{The
4402above is from the original example and uses K&R C. @value{GDBN}
4403has since converted to ISO C but lets ignore that.} that creates
4404the architecture:
4405@smallexample
4406static struct gdbarch *
4407d10v_gdbarch_init (info, arches)
4408 struct gdbarch_info info;
4409 struct gdbarch_list *arches;
4410@{
4411 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4412 /* there is only one d10v architecture */
4413 if (arches != NULL)
4414 return arches->gdbarch;
4415 gdbarch = gdbarch_alloc (&info, NULL);
4416 return gdbarch;
4417@}
4418@end smallexample
4419@noindent
4420@emph{}
4421
4422@item
4423A per-architecture dump function to print any architecture specific
4424information:
4425@smallexample
4426static void
4427mips_dump_tdep (struct gdbarch *current_gdbarch,
4428 struct ui_file *file)
4429@{
4430 @dots{} code to print architecture specific info @dots{}
4431@}
4432@end smallexample
4433
4434@item
4435A change to @code{_initialize_@var{arch}_tdep} to register this new
4436architecture:
4437@smallexample
4438void
4439_initialize_mips_tdep (void)
4440@{
4441 gdbarch_register (bfd_arch_mips, mips_gdbarch_init,
4442 mips_dump_tdep);
4443@end smallexample
4444
4445@item
4446Add the macro @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH}, defined as 0 (zero), to the file@*
4447@file{config/@var{arch}/tm-@var{arch}.h}.
4448
4449@end itemize
4450
4451@subsection Update multi-arch incompatible mechanisms
4452
4453Some mechanisms do not work with multi-arch. They include:
4454
4455@table @code
3352e23e 4456@item FRAME_FIND_SAVED_REGS
f30ee0bc 4457Replaced with @code{DEPRECATED_FRAME_INIT_SAVED_REGS}
3352e23e
AC
4458@end table
4459
4460@noindent
4461At this stage you could also consider converting the macros into
4462functions.
4463
4464@subsection Prepare for multi-arch level to one
4465
4466Temporally set @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL}
4467and then build and start @value{GDBN} (the change should not be
4468committed). @value{GDBN} may not build, and once built, it may die with
4469an internal error listing the architecture methods that must be
4470provided.
4471
4472Fix any build problems (patch(es)).
4473
4474Convert all the architecture methods listed, which are only macros, into
4475functions (patch(es)).
4476
4477Update @code{@var{arch}_gdbarch_init} to set all the missing
4478architecture methods and wrap the corresponding macros in @code{#if
4479!GDB_MULTI_ARCH} (patch(es)).
4480
4481@subsection Set multi-arch level one
4482
4483Change the value of @code{GDB_MULTI_ARCH} to GDB_MULTI_ARCH_PARTIAL (a
4484single patch).
4485
4486Any problems with throwing ``the switch'' should have been fixed
4487already.
4488
4489@subsection Convert remaining macros
4490
4491Suggest converting macros into functions (and setting the corresponding
4492architecture method) in small batches.
4493
4494@subsection Set multi-arch level to two
4495
4496This should go smoothly.
4497
4498@subsection Delete the TM file
4499
4500The @file{tm-@var{arch}.h} can be deleted. @file{@var{arch}.mt} and
4501@file{configure.in} updated.
4502
4503
123dc839
DJ
4504@node Target Descriptions
4505@chapter Target Descriptions
4506@cindex target descriptions
4507
4508The target architecture definition (@pxref{Target Architecture Definition})
4509contains @value{GDBN}'s hard-coded knowledge about an architecture. For
4510some platforms, it is handy to have more flexible knowledge about a specific
4511instance of the architecture---for instance, a processor or development board.
4512@dfn{Target descriptions} provide a mechanism for the user to tell @value{GDBN}
4513more about what their target supports, or for the target to tell @value{GDBN}
4514directly.
4515
4516For details on writing, automatically supplying, and manually selecting
4517target descriptions, see @ref{Target Descriptions, , , gdb,
4518Debugging with @value{GDBN}}. This section will cover some related
4519topics about the @value{GDBN} internals.
4520
4521@menu
4522* Target Descriptions Implementation::
4523* Adding Target Described Register Support::
4524@end menu
4525
4526@node Target Descriptions Implementation
4527@section Target Descriptions Implementation
4528@cindex target descriptions, implementation
4529
4530Before @value{GDBN} connects to a new target, or runs a new program on
4531an existing target, it discards any existing target description and
4532reverts to a default gdbarch. Then, after connecting, it looks for a
4533new target description by calling @code{target_find_description}.
4534
4535A description may come from a user specified file (XML), the remote
4536@samp{qXfer:features:read} packet (also XML), or from any custom
4537@code{to_read_description} routine in the target vector. For instance,
4538the remote target supports guessing whether a MIPS target is 32-bit or
453964-bit based on the size of the @samp{g} packet.
4540
4541If any target description is found, @value{GDBN} creates a new gdbarch
4542incorporating the description by calling @code{gdbarch_update_p}. Any
4543@samp{<architecture>} element is handled first, to determine which
4544architecture's gdbarch initialization routine is called to create the
4545new architecture. Then the initialization routine is called, and has
4546a chance to adjust the constructed architecture based on the contents
4547of the target description. For instance, it can recognize any
4548properties set by a @code{to_read_description} routine. Also
4549see @ref{Adding Target Described Register Support}.
4550
4551@node Adding Target Described Register Support
4552@section Adding Target Described Register Support
4553@cindex target descriptions, adding register support
4554
4555Target descriptions can report additional registers specific to an
4556instance of the target. But it takes a little work in the architecture
4557specific routines to support this.
4558
4559A target description must either have no registers or a complete
4560set---this avoids complexity in trying to merge standard registers
4561with the target defined registers. It is the architecture's
4562responsibility to validate that a description with registers has
4563everything it needs. To keep architecture code simple, the same
4564mechanism is used to assign fixed internal register numbers to
4565standard registers.
4566
4567If @code{tdesc_has_registers} returns 1, the description contains
4568registers. The architecture's @code{gdbarch_init} routine should:
4569
4570@itemize @bullet
4571
4572@item
4573Call @code{tdesc_data_alloc} to allocate storage, early, before
4574searching for a matching gdbarch or allocating a new one.
4575
4576@item
4577Use @code{tdesc_find_feature} to locate standard features by name.
4578
4579@item
4580Use @code{tdesc_numbered_register} and @code{tdesc_numbered_register_choices}
4581to locate the expected registers in the standard features.
4582
4583@item
4584Return @code{NULL} if a required feature is missing, or if any standard
4585feature is missing expected registers. This will produce a warning that
4586the description was incomplete.
4587
4588@item
4589Free the allocated data before returning, unless @code{tdesc_use_registers}
4590is called.
4591
4592@item
4593Call @code{set_gdbarch_num_regs} as usual, with a number higher than any
4594fixed number passed to @code{tdesc_numbered_register}.
4595
4596@item
4597Call @code{tdesc_use_registers} after creating a new gdbarch, before
4598returning it.
4599
4600@end itemize
4601
4602After @code{tdesc_use_registers} has been called, the architecture's
4603@code{register_name}, @code{register_type}, and @code{register_reggroup_p}
4604routines will not be called; that information will be taken from
4605the target description. @code{num_regs} may be increased to account
4606for any additional registers in the description.
4607
4608Pseudo-registers require some extra care:
4609
4610@itemize @bullet
4611
4612@item
4613Using @code{tdesc_numbered_register} allows the architecture to give
4614constant register numbers to standard architectural registers, e.g.@:
4615as an @code{enum} in @file{@var{arch}-tdep.h}. But because
4616pseudo-registers are always numbered above @code{num_regs},
4617which may be increased by the description, constant numbers
4618can not be used for pseudos. They must be numbered relative to
4619@code{num_regs} instead.
4620
4621@item
4622The description will not describe pseudo-registers, so the
4623architecture must call @code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_name},
4624@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_type}, and
4625@code{set_tdesc_pseudo_register_reggroup_p} to supply routines
4626describing pseudo registers. These routines will be passed
4627internal register numbers, so the same routines used for the
4628gdbarch equivalents are usually suitable.
4629
4630@end itemize
4631
4632
c906108c
SS
4633@node Target Vector Definition
4634
4635@chapter Target Vector Definition
56caf160 4636@cindex target vector
c906108c 4637
56caf160
EZ
4638The target vector defines the interface between @value{GDBN}'s
4639abstract handling of target systems, and the nitty-gritty code that
4640actually exercises control over a process or a serial port.
4641@value{GDBN} includes some 30-40 different target vectors; however,
4642each configuration of @value{GDBN} includes only a few of them.
c906108c 4643
52bb452f
DJ
4644@menu
4645* Managing Execution State::
4646* Existing Targets::
4647@end menu
4648
4649@node Managing Execution State
4650@section Managing Execution State
4651@cindex execution state
4652
4653A target vector can be completely inactive (not pushed on the target
4654stack), active but not running (pushed, but not connected to a fully
4655manifested inferior), or completely active (pushed, with an accessible
4656inferior). Most targets are only completely inactive or completely
d3e8051b 4657active, but some support persistent connections to a target even
52bb452f
DJ
4658when the target has exited or not yet started.
4659
4660For example, connecting to the simulator using @code{target sim} does
4661not create a running program. Neither registers nor memory are
4662accessible until @code{run}. Similarly, after @code{kill}, the
4663program can not continue executing. But in both cases @value{GDBN}
4664remains connected to the simulator, and target-specific commands
4665are directed to the simulator.
4666
4667A target which only supports complete activation should push itself
4668onto the stack in its @code{to_open} routine (by calling
4669@code{push_target}), and unpush itself from the stack in its
4670@code{to_mourn_inferior} routine (by calling @code{unpush_target}).
4671
4672A target which supports both partial and complete activation should
4673still call @code{push_target} in @code{to_open}, but not call
4674@code{unpush_target} in @code{to_mourn_inferior}. Instead, it should
4675call either @code{target_mark_running} or @code{target_mark_exited}
4676in its @code{to_open}, depending on whether the target is fully active
4677after connection. It should also call @code{target_mark_running} any
4678time the inferior becomes fully active (e.g.@: in
4679@code{to_create_inferior} and @code{to_attach}), and
4680@code{target_mark_exited} when the inferior becomes inactive (in
4681@code{to_mourn_inferior}). The target should also make sure to call
4682@code{target_mourn_inferior} from its @code{to_kill}, to return the
4683target to inactive state.
4684
4685@node Existing Targets
4686@section Existing Targets
4687@cindex targets
4688
4689@subsection File Targets
c906108c
SS
4690
4691Both executables and core files have target vectors.
4692
52bb452f 4693@subsection Standard Protocol and Remote Stubs
c906108c 4694
56caf160
EZ
4695@value{GDBN}'s file @file{remote.c} talks a serial protocol to code
4696that runs in the target system. @value{GDBN} provides several sample
4697@dfn{stubs} that can be integrated into target programs or operating
4698systems for this purpose; they are named @file{*-stub.c}.
c906108c 4699
56caf160
EZ
4700The @value{GDBN} user's manual describes how to put such a stub into
4701your target code. What follows is a discussion of integrating the
4702SPARC stub into a complicated operating system (rather than a simple
4703program), by Stu Grossman, the author of this stub.
c906108c
SS
4704
4705The trap handling code in the stub assumes the following upon entry to
56caf160 4706@code{trap_low}:
c906108c
SS
4707
4708@enumerate
56caf160
EZ
4709@item
4710%l1 and %l2 contain pc and npc respectively at the time of the trap;
c906108c 4711
56caf160
EZ
4712@item
4713traps are disabled;
c906108c 4714
56caf160
EZ
4715@item
4716you are in the correct trap window.
c906108c
SS
4717@end enumerate
4718
4719As long as your trap handler can guarantee those conditions, then there
56caf160 4720is no reason why you shouldn't be able to ``share'' traps with the stub.
c906108c
SS
4721The stub has no requirement that it be jumped to directly from the
4722hardware trap vector. That is why it calls @code{exceptionHandler()},
4723which is provided by the external environment. For instance, this could
56caf160 4724set up the hardware traps to actually execute code which calls the stub
c906108c
SS
4725first, and then transfers to its own trap handler.
4726
4727For the most point, there probably won't be much of an issue with
56caf160 4728``sharing'' traps, as the traps we use are usually not used by the kernel,
c906108c
SS
4729and often indicate unrecoverable error conditions. Anyway, this is all
4730controlled by a table, and is trivial to modify. The most important
4731trap for us is for @code{ta 1}. Without that, we can't single step or
4732do breakpoints. Everything else is unnecessary for the proper operation
4733of the debugger/stub.
4734
4735From reading the stub, it's probably not obvious how breakpoints work.
25822942 4736They are simply done by deposit/examine operations from @value{GDBN}.
c906108c 4737
52bb452f 4738@subsection ROM Monitor Interface
c906108c 4739
52bb452f 4740@subsection Custom Protocols
c906108c 4741
52bb452f 4742@subsection Transport Layer
c906108c 4743
52bb452f 4744@subsection Builtin Simulator
c906108c
SS
4745
4746
4747@node Native Debugging
4748
4749@chapter Native Debugging
56caf160 4750@cindex native debugging
c906108c 4751
25822942 4752Several files control @value{GDBN}'s configuration for native support:
c906108c
SS
4753
4754@table @file
56caf160 4755@vindex NATDEPFILES
c906108c 4756@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/@var{xyz}.mh
7fd60527 4757Specifies Makefile fragments needed by a @emph{native} configuration on
c906108c
SS
4758machine @var{xyz}. In particular, this lists the required
4759native-dependent object files, by defining @samp{NATDEPFILES=@dots{}}.
4760Also specifies the header file which describes native support on
4761@var{xyz}, by defining @samp{NAT_FILE= nm-@var{xyz}.h}. You can also
4762define @samp{NAT_CFLAGS}, @samp{NAT_ADD_FILES}, @samp{NAT_CLIBS},
4763@samp{NAT_CDEPS}, etc.; see @file{Makefile.in}.
4764
7fd60527
AC
4765@emph{Maintainer's note: The @file{.mh} suffix is because this file
4766originally contained @file{Makefile} fragments for hosting @value{GDBN}
4767on machine @var{xyz}. While the file is no longer used for this
937f164b 4768purpose, the @file{.mh} suffix remains. Perhaps someone will
7fd60527
AC
4769eventually rename these fragments so that they have a @file{.mn}
4770suffix.}
4771
c906108c 4772@item gdb/config/@var{arch}/nm-@var{xyz}.h
56caf160 4773(@file{nm.h} is a link to this file, created by @code{configure}). Contains C
c906108c
SS
4774macro definitions describing the native system environment, such as
4775child process control and core file support.
4776
4777@item gdb/@var{xyz}-nat.c
4778Contains any miscellaneous C code required for this native support of
4779this machine. On some machines it doesn't exist at all.
c906108c
SS
4780@end table
4781
4782There are some ``generic'' versions of routines that can be used by
4783various systems. These can be customized in various ways by macros
4784defined in your @file{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file. If these routines work for
4785the @var{xyz} host, you can just include the generic file's name (with
4786@samp{.o}, not @samp{.c}) in @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4787
4788Otherwise, if your machine needs custom support routines, you will need
4789to write routines that perform the same functions as the generic file.
56caf160 4790Put them into @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c}, and put @file{@var{xyz}-nat.o}
c906108c
SS
4791into @code{NATDEPFILES}.
4792
4793@table @file
c906108c
SS
4794@item inftarg.c
4795This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4796processes on systems which use ptrace and wait to control the child.
4797
4798@item procfs.c
4799This contains the @emph{target_ops vector} that supports Unix child
4800processes on systems which use /proc to control the child.
4801
4802@item fork-child.c
56caf160
EZ
4803This does the low-level grunge that uses Unix system calls to do a ``fork
4804and exec'' to start up a child process.
c906108c
SS
4805
4806@item infptrace.c
4807This is the low level interface to inferior processes for systems using
4808the Unix @code{ptrace} call in a vanilla way.
c906108c
SS
4809@end table
4810
4811@section Native core file Support
56caf160 4812@cindex native core files
c906108c
SS
4813
4814@table @file
56caf160 4815@findex fetch_core_registers
c906108c
SS
4816@item core-aout.c::fetch_core_registers()
4817Support for reading registers out of a core file. This routine calls
4818@code{register_addr()}, see below. Now that BFD is used to read core
4819files, virtually all machines should use @code{core-aout.c}, and should
4820just provide @code{fetch_core_registers} in @code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} (or
4821@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} in @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h}).
4822
4823@item core-aout.c::register_addr()
4824If your @code{nm-@var{xyz}.h} file defines the macro
4825@code{REGISTER_U_ADDR(addr, blockend, regno)}, it should be defined to
25822942 4826set @code{addr} to the offset within the @samp{user} struct of @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4827register number @code{regno}. @code{blockend} is the offset within the
4828``upage'' of @code{u.u_ar0}. If @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR} is defined,
4829@file{core-aout.c} will define the @code{register_addr()} function and
4830use the macro in it. If you do not define @code{REGISTER_U_ADDR}, but
4831you are using the standard @code{fetch_core_registers()}, you will need
4832to define your own version of @code{register_addr()}, put it into your
4833@code{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file, and be sure @code{@var{xyz}-nat.o} is in
4834the @code{NATDEPFILES} list. If you have your own
4835@code{fetch_core_registers()}, you may not need a separate
4836@code{register_addr()}. Many custom @code{fetch_core_registers()}
4837implementations simply locate the registers themselves.@refill
c906108c
SS
4838@end table
4839
25822942 4840When making @value{GDBN} run native on a new operating system, to make it
c906108c
SS
4841possible to debug core files, you will need to either write specific
4842code for parsing your OS's core files, or customize
4843@file{bfd/trad-core.c}. First, use whatever @code{#include} files your
4844machine uses to define the struct of registers that is accessible
4845(possibly in the u-area) in a core file (rather than
4846@file{machine/reg.h}), and an include file that defines whatever header
c1468174 4847exists on a core file (e.g., the u-area or a @code{struct core}). Then
56caf160 4848modify @code{trad_unix_core_file_p} to use these values to set up the
c906108c
SS
4849section information for the data segment, stack segment, any other
4850segments in the core file (perhaps shared library contents or control
4851information), ``registers'' segment, and if there are two discontiguous
c1468174 4852sets of registers (e.g., integer and float), the ``reg2'' segment. This
c906108c
SS
4853section information basically delimits areas in the core file in a
4854standard way, which the section-reading routines in BFD know how to seek
4855around in.
4856
25822942 4857Then back in @value{GDBN}, you need a matching routine called
56caf160 4858@code{fetch_core_registers}. If you can use the generic one, it's in
c906108c
SS
4859@file{core-aout.c}; if not, it's in your @file{@var{xyz}-nat.c} file.
4860It will be passed a char pointer to the entire ``registers'' segment,
4861its length, and a zero; or a char pointer to the entire ``regs2''
4862segment, its length, and a 2. The routine should suck out the supplied
25822942 4863register values and install them into @value{GDBN}'s ``registers'' array.
c906108c
SS
4864
4865If your system uses @file{/proc} to control processes, and uses ELF
4866format core files, then you may be able to use the same routines for
4867reading the registers out of processes and out of core files.
4868
4869@section ptrace
4870
4871@section /proc
4872
4873@section win32
4874
4875@section shared libraries
4876
4877@section Native Conditionals
56caf160 4878@cindex native conditionals
c906108c 4879
56caf160
EZ
4880When @value{GDBN} is configured and compiled, various macros are
4881defined or left undefined, to control compilation when the host and
4882target systems are the same. These macros should be defined (or left
4883undefined) in @file{nm-@var{system}.h}.
c906108c 4884
1f6d4158
AC
4885@table @code
4886
c906108c 4887@item CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
56caf160 4888@findex CHILD_PREPARE_TO_STORE
c906108c
SS
4889If the machine stores all registers at once in the child process, then
4890define this to ensure that all values are correct. This usually entails
4891a read from the child.
4892
4893[Note that this is incorrectly defined in @file{xm-@var{system}.h} files
4894currently.]
4895
4896@item FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
56caf160 4897@findex FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS
c906108c
SS
4898Define this if the native-dependent code will provide its own routines
4899@code{fetch_inferior_registers} and @code{store_inferior_registers} in
56caf160 4900@file{@var{host}-nat.c}. If this symbol is @emph{not} defined, and
c906108c
SS
4901@file{infptrace.c} is included in this configuration, the default
4902routines in @file{infptrace.c} are used for these functions.
4903
c906108c 4904@item FP0_REGNUM
56caf160 4905@findex FP0_REGNUM
c906108c
SS
4906This macro is normally defined to be the number of the first floating
4907point register, if the machine has such registers. As such, it would
56caf160 4908appear only in target-specific code. However, @file{/proc} support uses this
c906108c
SS
4909to decide whether floats are in use on this target.
4910
4911@item GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
56caf160 4912@findex GET_LONGJMP_TARGET
c906108c
SS
4913For most machines, this is a target-dependent parameter. On the
4914DECstation and the Iris, this is a native-dependent parameter, since
56caf160 4915@file{setjmp.h} is needed to define it.
c906108c 4916
56caf160 4917This macro determines the target PC address that @code{longjmp} will jump to,
c906108c 4918assuming that we have just stopped at a longjmp breakpoint. It takes a
56caf160 4919@code{CORE_ADDR *} as argument, and stores the target PC value through this
c906108c
SS
4920pointer. It examines the current state of the machine as needed.
4921
9742079a
EZ
4922@item I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS
4923An x86-based machine can define this to use the generic x86 watchpoint
4924support; see @ref{Algorithms, I386_USE_GENERIC_WATCHPOINTS}.
4925
c906108c 4926@item KERNEL_U_ADDR
56caf160 4927@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR
c906108c 4928Define this to the address of the @code{u} structure (the ``user
25822942 4929struct'', also known as the ``u-page'') in kernel virtual memory. @value{GDBN}
c906108c
SS
4930needs to know this so that it can subtract this address from absolute
4931addresses in the upage, that are obtained via ptrace or from core files.
4932On systems that don't need this value, set it to zero.
4933
c906108c 4934@item KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
56caf160 4935@findex KERNEL_U_ADDR_HPUX
25822942 4936Define this to cause @value{GDBN} to determine the address of @code{u} at
c906108c
SS
4937runtime, by using HP-style @code{nlist} on the kernel's image in the
4938root directory.
4939
4940@item ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
56caf160 4941@findex ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
c906108c
SS
4942Define this to be able to, when a breakpoint insertion fails, warn the
4943user that another process may be running with the same executable.
4944
4945@item PROC_NAME_FMT
56caf160 4946@findex PROC_NAME_FMT
c906108c
SS
4947Defines the format for the name of a @file{/proc} device. Should be
4948defined in @file{nm.h} @emph{only} in order to override the default
4949definition in @file{procfs.c}.
4950
c906108c 4951@item PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
56caf160 4952@findex PTRACE_ARG3_TYPE
c906108c
SS
4953The type of the third argument to the @code{ptrace} system call, if it
4954exists and is different from @code{int}.
4955
4956@item REGISTER_U_ADDR
56caf160 4957@findex REGISTER_U_ADDR
c906108c
SS
4958Defines the offset of the registers in the ``u area''.
4959
4960@item SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
56caf160 4961@findex SHELL_COMMAND_CONCAT
c906108c
SS
4962If defined, is a string to prefix on the shell command used to start the
4963inferior.
4964
4965@item SHELL_FILE
56caf160 4966@findex SHELL_FILE
c906108c
SS
4967If defined, this is the name of the shell to use to run the inferior.
4968Defaults to @code{"/bin/sh"}.
4969
990f9fe3 4970@item SOLIB_ADD (@var{filename}, @var{from_tty}, @var{targ}, @var{readsyms})
56caf160 4971@findex SOLIB_ADD
c906108c 4972Define this to expand into an expression that will cause the symbols in
990f9fe3
FF
4973@var{filename} to be added to @value{GDBN}'s symbol table. If
4974@var{readsyms} is zero symbols are not read but any necessary low level
4975processing for @var{filename} is still done.
c906108c
SS
4976
4977@item SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
56caf160 4978@findex SOLIB_CREATE_INFERIOR_HOOK
c906108c
SS
4979Define this to expand into any shared-library-relocation code that you
4980want to be run just after the child process has been forked.
4981
4982@item START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
56caf160
EZ
4983@findex START_INFERIOR_TRAPS_EXPECTED
4984When starting an inferior, @value{GDBN} normally expects to trap
4985twice; once when
c906108c
SS
4986the shell execs, and once when the program itself execs. If the actual
4987number of traps is something other than 2, then define this macro to
4988expand into the number expected.
4989
c906108c 4990@item USE_PROC_FS
56caf160 4991@findex USE_PROC_FS
c906108c 4992This determines whether small routines in @file{*-tdep.c}, which
56caf160
EZ
4993translate register values between @value{GDBN}'s internal
4994representation and the @file{/proc} representation, are compiled.
c906108c
SS
4995
4996@item U_REGS_OFFSET
56caf160 4997@findex U_REGS_OFFSET
c906108c
SS
4998This is the offset of the registers in the upage. It need only be
4999defined if the generic ptrace register access routines in
5000@file{infptrace.c} are being used (that is, @file{infptrace.c} is
5001configured in, and @code{FETCH_INFERIOR_REGISTERS} is not defined). If
5002the default value from @file{infptrace.c} is good enough, leave it
5003undefined.
5004
5005The default value means that u.u_ar0 @emph{points to} the location of
5006the registers. I'm guessing that @code{#define U_REGS_OFFSET 0} means
56caf160 5007that @code{u.u_ar0} @emph{is} the location of the registers.
c906108c
SS
5008
5009@item CLEAR_SOLIB
56caf160
EZ
5010@findex CLEAR_SOLIB
5011See @file{objfiles.c}.
c906108c
SS
5012
5013@item DEBUG_PTRACE
56caf160
EZ
5014@findex DEBUG_PTRACE
5015Define this to debug @code{ptrace} calls.
c906108c
SS
5016@end table
5017
5018
5019@node Support Libraries
5020
5021@chapter Support Libraries
5022
5023@section BFD
56caf160 5024@cindex BFD library
c906108c 5025
25822942 5026BFD provides support for @value{GDBN} in several ways:
c906108c
SS
5027
5028@table @emph
c906108c
SS
5029@item identifying executable and core files
5030BFD will identify a variety of file types, including a.out, coff, and
5031several variants thereof, as well as several kinds of core files.
5032
5033@item access to sections of files
5034BFD parses the file headers to determine the names, virtual addresses,
5035sizes, and file locations of all the various named sections in files
56caf160
EZ
5036(such as the text section or the data section). @value{GDBN} simply
5037calls BFD to read or write section @var{x} at byte offset @var{y} for
5038length @var{z}.
c906108c
SS
5039
5040@item specialized core file support
5041BFD provides routines to determine the failing command name stored in a
5042core file, the signal with which the program failed, and whether a core
56caf160 5043file matches (i.e.@: could be a core dump of) a particular executable
c906108c
SS
5044file.
5045
5046@item locating the symbol information
25822942
DB
5047@value{GDBN} uses an internal interface of BFD to determine where to find the
5048symbol information in an executable file or symbol-file. @value{GDBN} itself
c906108c 5049handles the reading of symbols, since BFD does not ``understand'' debug
25822942 5050symbols, but @value{GDBN} uses BFD's cached information to find the symbols,
c906108c 5051string table, etc.
c906108c
SS
5052@end table
5053
5054@section opcodes
56caf160 5055@cindex opcodes library
c906108c 5056
25822942 5057The opcodes library provides @value{GDBN}'s disassembler. (It's a separate
c906108c
SS
5058library because it's also used in binutils, for @file{objdump}).
5059
5060@section readline
86f04699
EZ
5061@cindex readline library
5062The @code{readline} library provides a set of functions for use by applications
5063that allow users to edit command lines as they are typed in.
c906108c
SS
5064
5065@section libiberty
1eb288ea
EZ
5066@cindex @code{libiberty} library
5067
5068The @code{libiberty} library provides a set of functions and features
5069that integrate and improve on functionality found in modern operating
5070systems. Broadly speaking, such features can be divided into three
5071groups: supplemental functions (functions that may be missing in some
5072environments and operating systems), replacement functions (providing
5073a uniform and easier to use interface for commonly used standard
5074functions), and extensions (which provide additional functionality
5075beyond standard functions).
5076
5077@value{GDBN} uses various features provided by the @code{libiberty}
5078library, for instance the C@t{++} demangler, the @acronym{IEEE}
5079floating format support functions, the input options parser
5080@samp{getopt}, the @samp{obstack} extension, and other functions.
5081
5082@subsection @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN}
5083@cindex @code{obstacks}
5084
5085The obstack mechanism provides a convenient way to allocate and free
5086chunks of memory. Each obstack is a pool of memory that is managed
5087like a stack. Objects (of any nature, size and alignment) are
5088allocated and freed in a @acronym{LIFO} fashion on an obstack (see
d3e8051b 5089@code{libiberty}'s documentation for a more detailed explanation of
1eb288ea
EZ
5090@code{obstacks}).
5091
5092The most noticeable use of the @code{obstacks} in @value{GDBN} is in
5093object files. There is an obstack associated with each internal
5094representation of an object file. Lots of things get allocated on
5095these @code{obstacks}: dictionary entries, blocks, blockvectors,
5096symbols, minimal symbols, types, vectors of fundamental types, class
5097fields of types, object files section lists, object files section
d3e8051b 5098offset lists, line tables, symbol tables, partial symbol tables,
1eb288ea
EZ
5099string tables, symbol table private data, macros tables, debug
5100information sections and entries, import and export lists (som),
5101unwind information (hppa), dwarf2 location expressions data. Plus
5102various strings such as directory names strings, debug format strings,
5103names of types.
5104
5105An essential and convenient property of all data on @code{obstacks} is
5106that memory for it gets allocated (with @code{obstack_alloc}) at
d3e8051b 5107various times during a debugging session, but it is released all at
1eb288ea
EZ
5108once using the @code{obstack_free} function. The @code{obstack_free}
5109function takes a pointer to where in the stack it must start the
5110deletion from (much like the cleanup chains have a pointer to where to
5111start the cleanups). Because of the stack like structure of the
5112@code{obstacks}, this allows to free only a top portion of the
5113obstack. There are a few instances in @value{GDBN} where such thing
5114happens. Calls to @code{obstack_free} are done after some local data
5115is allocated to the obstack. Only the local data is deleted from the
5116obstack. Of course this assumes that nothing between the
5117@code{obstack_alloc} and the @code{obstack_free} allocates anything
5118else on the same obstack. For this reason it is best and safest to
5119use temporary @code{obstacks}.
5120
5121Releasing the whole obstack is also not safe per se. It is safe only
5122under the condition that we know the @code{obstacks} memory is no
5123longer needed. In @value{GDBN} we get rid of the @code{obstacks} only
5124when we get rid of the whole objfile(s), for instance upon reading a
5125new symbol file.
c906108c
SS
5126
5127@section gnu-regex
56caf160 5128@cindex regular expressions library
c906108c
SS
5129
5130Regex conditionals.
5131
5132@table @code
c906108c
SS
5133@item C_ALLOCA
5134
5135@item NFAILURES
5136
5137@item RE_NREGS
5138
5139@item SIGN_EXTEND_CHAR
5140
5141@item SWITCH_ENUM_BUG
5142
5143@item SYNTAX_TABLE
5144
5145@item Sword
5146
5147@item sparc
c906108c
SS
5148@end table
5149
350da6ee
DJ
5150@section Array Containers
5151@cindex Array Containers
5152@cindex VEC
5153
5154Often it is necessary to manipulate a dynamic array of a set of
5155objects. C forces some bookkeeping on this, which can get cumbersome
d3e8051b 5156and repetitive. The @file{vec.h} file contains macros for defining
350da6ee
DJ
5157and using a typesafe vector type. The functions defined will be
5158inlined when compiling, and so the abstraction cost should be zero.
5159Domain checks are added to detect programming errors.
5160
5161An example use would be an array of symbols or section information.
5162The array can be grown as symbols are read in (or preallocated), and
5163the accessor macros provided keep care of all the necessary
5164bookkeeping. Because the arrays are type safe, there is no danger of
5165accidentally mixing up the contents. Think of these as C++ templates,
5166but implemented in C.
5167
5168Because of the different behavior of structure objects, scalar objects
5169and of pointers, there are three flavors of vector, one for each of
5170these variants. Both the structure object and pointer variants pass
5171pointers to objects around --- in the former case the pointers are
5172stored into the vector and in the latter case the pointers are
5173dereferenced and the objects copied into the vector. The scalar
5174object variant is suitable for @code{int}-like objects, and the vector
5175elements are returned by value.
5176
5177There are both @code{index} and @code{iterate} accessors. The iterator
5178returns a boolean iteration condition and updates the iteration
5179variable passed by reference. Because the iterator will be inlined,
5180the address-of can be optimized away.
5181
5182The vectors are implemented using the trailing array idiom, thus they
5183are not resizeable without changing the address of the vector object
5184itself. This means you cannot have variables or fields of vector type
5185--- always use a pointer to a vector. The one exception is the final
5186field of a structure, which could be a vector type. You will have to
5187use the @code{embedded_size} & @code{embedded_init} calls to create
5188such objects, and they will probably not be resizeable (so don't use
5189the @dfn{safe} allocation variants). The trailing array idiom is used
5190(rather than a pointer to an array of data), because, if we allow
5191@code{NULL} to also represent an empty vector, empty vectors occupy
5192minimal space in the structure containing them.
5193
5194Each operation that increases the number of active elements is
5195available in @dfn{quick} and @dfn{safe} variants. The former presumes
5196that there is sufficient allocated space for the operation to succeed
5197(it dies if there is not). The latter will reallocate the vector, if
5198needed. Reallocation causes an exponential increase in vector size.
5199If you know you will be adding N elements, it would be more efficient
5200to use the reserve operation before adding the elements with the
5201@dfn{quick} operation. This will ensure there are at least as many
5202elements as you ask for, it will exponentially increase if there are
5203too few spare slots. If you want reserve a specific number of slots,
5204but do not want the exponential increase (for instance, you know this
5205is the last allocation), use a negative number for reservation. You
5206can also create a vector of a specific size from the get go.
5207
5208You should prefer the push and pop operations, as they append and
5209remove from the end of the vector. If you need to remove several items
5210in one go, use the truncate operation. The insert and remove
5211operations allow you to change elements in the middle of the vector.
5212There are two remove operations, one which preserves the element
5213ordering @code{ordered_remove}, and one which does not
5214@code{unordered_remove}. The latter function copies the end element
5215into the removed slot, rather than invoke a memmove operation. The
5216@code{lower_bound} function will determine where to place an item in
5217the array using insert that will maintain sorted order.
5218
5219If you need to directly manipulate a vector, then the @code{address}
5220accessor will return the address of the start of the vector. Also the
5221@code{space} predicate will tell you whether there is spare capacity in the
5222vector. You will not normally need to use these two functions.
5223
5224Vector types are defined using a
5225@code{DEF_VEC_@{O,P,I@}(@var{typename})} macro. Variables of vector
5226type are declared using a @code{VEC(@var{typename})} macro. The
5227characters @code{O}, @code{P} and @code{I} indicate whether
5228@var{typename} is an object (@code{O}), pointer (@code{P}) or integral
5229(@code{I}) type. Be careful to pick the correct one, as you'll get an
5230awkward and inefficient API if you use the wrong one. There is a
5231check, which results in a compile-time warning, for the @code{P} and
5232@code{I} versions, but there is no check for the @code{O} versions, as
5233that is not possible in plain C.
5234
5235An example of their use would be,
5236
5237@smallexample
5238DEF_VEC_P(tree); // non-managed tree vector.
5239
5240struct my_struct @{
5241 VEC(tree) *v; // A (pointer to) a vector of tree pointers.
5242@};
5243
5244struct my_struct *s;
5245
5246if (VEC_length(tree, s->v)) @{ we have some contents @}
5247VEC_safe_push(tree, s->v, decl); // append some decl onto the end
5248for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(tree, s->v, ix, elt); ix++)
5249 @{ do something with elt @}
5250
5251@end smallexample
5252
5253The @file{vec.h} file provides details on how to invoke the various
5254accessors provided. They are enumerated here:
5255
5256@table @code
5257@item VEC_length
5258Return the number of items in the array,
5259
5260@item VEC_empty
5261Return true if the array has no elements.
5262
5263@item VEC_last
5264@itemx VEC_index
5265Return the last or arbitrary item in the array.
5266
5267@item VEC_iterate
5268Access an array element and indicate whether the array has been
5269traversed.
5270
5271@item VEC_alloc
5272@itemx VEC_free
5273Create and destroy an array.
5274
5275@item VEC_embedded_size
5276@itemx VEC_embedded_init
5277Helpers for embedding an array as the final element of another struct.
5278
5279@item VEC_copy
5280Duplicate an array.
5281
5282@item VEC_space
5283Return the amount of free space in an array.
5284
5285@item VEC_reserve
5286Ensure a certain amount of free space.
5287
5288@item VEC_quick_push
5289@itemx VEC_safe_push
5290Append to an array, either assuming the space is available, or making
5291sure that it is.
5292
5293@item VEC_pop
5294Remove the last item from an array.
5295
5296@item VEC_truncate
5297Remove several items from the end of an array.
5298
5299@item VEC_safe_grow
5300Add several items to the end of an array.
5301
5302@item VEC_replace
5303Overwrite an item in the array.
5304
5305@item VEC_quick_insert
5306@itemx VEC_safe_insert
5307Insert an item into the middle of the array. Either the space must
5308already exist, or the space is created.
5309
5310@item VEC_ordered_remove
5311@itemx VEC_unordered_remove
5312Remove an item from the array, preserving order or not.
5313
5314@item VEC_block_remove
5315Remove a set of items from the array.
5316
5317@item VEC_address
5318Provide the address of the first element.
5319
5320@item VEC_lower_bound
5321Binary search the array.
5322
5323@end table
5324
c906108c
SS
5325@section include
5326
5327@node Coding
5328
5329@chapter Coding
5330
5331This chapter covers topics that are lower-level than the major
25822942 5332algorithms of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
5333
5334@section Cleanups
56caf160 5335@cindex cleanups
c906108c
SS
5336
5337Cleanups are a structured way to deal with things that need to be done
cc1cb004 5338later.
c906108c 5339
cc1cb004
AC
5340When your code does something (e.g., @code{xmalloc} some memory, or
5341@code{open} a file) that needs to be undone later (e.g., @code{xfree}
5342the memory or @code{close} the file), it can make a cleanup. The
5343cleanup will be done at some future point: when the command is finished
5344and control returns to the top level; when an error occurs and the stack
5345is unwound; or when your code decides it's time to explicitly perform
5346cleanups. Alternatively you can elect to discard the cleanups you
5347created.
c906108c
SS
5348
5349Syntax:
5350
5351@table @code
c906108c
SS
5352@item struct cleanup *@var{old_chain};
5353Declare a variable which will hold a cleanup chain handle.
5354
56caf160 5355@findex make_cleanup
c906108c
SS
5356@item @var{old_chain} = make_cleanup (@var{function}, @var{arg});
5357Make a cleanup which will cause @var{function} to be called with
5358@var{arg} (a @code{char *}) later. The result, @var{old_chain}, is a
cc1cb004
AC
5359handle that can later be passed to @code{do_cleanups} or
5360@code{discard_cleanups}. Unless you are going to call
5361@code{do_cleanups} or @code{discard_cleanups}, you can ignore the result
5362from @code{make_cleanup}.
c906108c 5363
56caf160 5364@findex do_cleanups
c906108c 5365@item do_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
cc1cb004
AC
5366Do all cleanups added to the chain since the corresponding
5367@code{make_cleanup} call was made.
5368
5369@findex discard_cleanups
5370@item discard_cleanups (@var{old_chain});
5371Same as @code{do_cleanups} except that it just removes the cleanups from
5372the chain and does not call the specified functions.
5373@end table
5374
5375Cleanups are implemented as a chain. The handle returned by
5376@code{make_cleanups} includes the cleanup passed to the call and any
5377later cleanups appended to the chain (but not yet discarded or
5378performed). E.g.:
56caf160 5379
474c8240 5380@smallexample
c906108c 5381make_cleanup (a, 0);
cc1cb004
AC
5382@{
5383 struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (b, 0);
5384 make_cleanup (c, 0)
5385 ...
5386 do_cleanups (old);
5387@}
474c8240 5388@end smallexample
56caf160 5389
c906108c 5390@noindent
cc1cb004
AC
5391will call @code{c()} and @code{b()} but will not call @code{a()}. The
5392cleanup that calls @code{a()} will remain in the cleanup chain, and will
5393be done later unless otherwise discarded.@refill
5394
5395Your function should explicitly do or discard the cleanups it creates.
5396Failing to do this leads to non-deterministic behavior since the caller
5397will arbitrarily do or discard your functions cleanups. This need leads
5398to two common cleanup styles.
5399
5400The first style is try/finally. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5401@code{do_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that your
5402code-block's cleanups are always performed. For instance, the following
5403code-segment avoids a memory leak problem (even when @code{error} is
5404called and a forced stack unwind occurs) by ensuring that the
5405@code{xfree} will always be called:
c906108c 5406
474c8240 5407@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5408struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5409data = xmalloc (sizeof blah);
5410make_cleanup (xfree, data);
5411... blah blah ...
5412do_cleanups (old);
474c8240 5413@end smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5414
5415The second style is try/except. Before it exits, your code-block calls
5416@code{discard_cleanups} with the old cleanup chain and thus ensures that
5417any created cleanups are not performed. For instance, the following
5418code segment, ensures that the file will be closed but only if there is
5419an error:
5420
474c8240 5421@smallexample
cc1cb004
AC
5422FILE *file = fopen ("afile", "r");
5423struct cleanup *old = make_cleanup (close_file, file);
5424... blah blah ...
5425discard_cleanups (old);
5426return file;
474c8240 5427@end smallexample
c906108c 5428
c1468174 5429Some functions, e.g., @code{fputs_filtered()} or @code{error()}, specify
c906108c
SS
5430that they ``should not be called when cleanups are not in place''. This
5431means that any actions you need to reverse in the case of an error or
5432interruption must be on the cleanup chain before you call these
5433functions, since they might never return to your code (they
5434@samp{longjmp} instead).
5435
ba8c9337
AC
5436@section Per-architecture module data
5437@cindex per-architecture module data
5438@cindex multi-arch data
5439@cindex data-pointer, per-architecture/per-module
5440
fc989b7a
AC
5441The multi-arch framework includes a mechanism for adding module
5442specific per-architecture data-pointers to the @code{struct gdbarch}
5443architecture object.
5444
5445A module registers one or more per-architecture data-pointers using:
5446
5447@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_pre_init (gdbarch_data_pre_init_ftype *@var{pre_init})
5448@var{pre_init} is used to, on-demand, allocate an initial value for a
5449per-architecture data-pointer using the architecture's obstack (passed
5450in as a parameter). Since @var{pre_init} can be called during
5451architecture creation, it is not parameterized with the architecture.
5452and must not call modules that use per-architecture data.
5453@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5454
fc989b7a
AC
5455@deftypefun struct gdbarch_data *gdbarch_data_register_post_init (gdbarch_data_post_init_ftype *@var{post_init})
5456@var{post_init} is used to obtain an initial value for a
5457per-architecture data-pointer @emph{after}. Since @var{post_init} is
5458always called after architecture creation, it both receives the fully
5459initialized architecture and is free to call modules that use
5460per-architecture data (care needs to be taken to ensure that those
5461other modules do not try to call back to this module as that will
5462create in cycles in the initialization call graph).
5463@end deftypefun
ba8c9337 5464
fc989b7a
AC
5465These functions return a @code{struct gdbarch_data} that is used to
5466identify the per-architecture data-pointer added for that module.
ba8c9337 5467
fc989b7a 5468The per-architecture data-pointer is accessed using the function:
ba8c9337 5469
fc989b7a
AC
5470@deftypefun void *gdbarch_data (struct gdbarch *@var{gdbarch}, struct gdbarch_data *@var{data_handle})
5471Given the architecture @var{arch} and module data handle
5472@var{data_handle} (returned by @code{gdbarch_data_register_pre_init}
5473or @code{gdbarch_data_register_post_init}), this function returns the
5474current value of the per-architecture data-pointer. If the data
5475pointer is @code{NULL}, it is first initialized by calling the
5476corresponding @var{pre_init} or @var{post_init} method.
ba8c9337
AC
5477@end deftypefun
5478
fc989b7a 5479The examples below assume the following definitions:
ba8c9337
AC
5480
5481@smallexample
e7f16015 5482struct nozel @{ int total; @};
ba8c9337 5483static struct gdbarch_data *nozel_handle;
ba8c9337
AC
5484@end smallexample
5485
fc989b7a
AC
5486A module can extend the architecture vector, adding additional
5487per-architecture data, using the @var{pre_init} method. The module's
5488per-architecture data is then initialized during architecture
5489creation.
ba8c9337 5490
fc989b7a
AC
5491In the below, the module's per-architecture @emph{nozel} is added. An
5492architecture can specify its nozel by calling @code{set_gdbarch_nozel}
5493from @code{gdbarch_init}.
ba8c9337
AC
5494
5495@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5496static void *
5497nozel_pre_init (struct obstack *obstack)
ba8c9337 5498@{
fc989b7a
AC
5499 struct nozel *data = OBSTACK_ZALLOC (obstack, struct nozel);
5500 return data;
5501@}
ba8c9337
AC
5502@end smallexample
5503
ba8c9337 5504@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5505extern void
5506set_gdbarch_nozel (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int total)
ba8c9337 5507@{
ba8c9337 5508 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
fc989b7a 5509 data->total = nozel;
ba8c9337
AC
5510@}
5511@end smallexample
5512
fc989b7a
AC
5513A module can on-demand create architecture dependant data structures
5514using @code{post_init}.
ba8c9337 5515
fc989b7a
AC
5516In the below, the nozel's total is computed on-demand by
5517@code{nozel_post_init} using information obtained from the
5518architecture.
ba8c9337
AC
5519
5520@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5521static void *
5522nozel_post_init (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5523@{
fc989b7a
AC
5524 struct nozel *data = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_ZALLOC (gdbarch, struct nozel);
5525 nozel->total = gdbarch@dots{} (gdbarch);
5526 return data;
ba8c9337
AC
5527@}
5528@end smallexample
5529
5530@smallexample
fc989b7a
AC
5531extern int
5532nozel_total (struct gdbarch *gdbarch)
ba8c9337 5533@{
fc989b7a
AC
5534 struct nozel *data = gdbarch_data (gdbarch, nozel_handle);
5535 return data->total;
ba8c9337
AC
5536@}
5537@end smallexample
5538
c906108c 5539@section Wrapping Output Lines
56caf160 5540@cindex line wrap in output
c906108c 5541
56caf160 5542@findex wrap_here
c906108c
SS
5543Output that goes through @code{printf_filtered} or @code{fputs_filtered}
5544or @code{fputs_demangled} needs only to have calls to @code{wrap_here}
5545added in places that would be good breaking points. The utility
5546routines will take care of actually wrapping if the line width is
5547exceeded.
5548
5549The argument to @code{wrap_here} is an indentation string which is
5550printed @emph{only} if the line breaks there. This argument is saved
5551away and used later. It must remain valid until the next call to
5552@code{wrap_here} or until a newline has been printed through the
5553@code{*_filtered} functions. Don't pass in a local variable and then
5554return!
5555
56caf160 5556It is usually best to call @code{wrap_here} after printing a comma or
c906108c
SS
5557space. If you call it before printing a space, make sure that your
5558indentation properly accounts for the leading space that will print if
5559the line wraps there.
5560
5561Any function or set of functions that produce filtered output must
5562finish by printing a newline, to flush the wrap buffer, before switching
56caf160 5563to unfiltered (@code{printf}) output. Symbol reading routines that
c906108c
SS
5564print warnings are a good example.
5565
25822942 5566@section @value{GDBN} Coding Standards
56caf160 5567@cindex coding standards
c906108c 5568
25822942 5569@value{GDBN} follows the GNU coding standards, as described in
c906108c 5570@file{etc/standards.texi}. This file is also available for anonymous
af6c57ea
AC
5571FTP from GNU archive sites. @value{GDBN} takes a strict interpretation
5572of the standard; in general, when the GNU standard recommends a practice
5573but does not require it, @value{GDBN} requires it.
c906108c 5574
56caf160
EZ
5575@value{GDBN} follows an additional set of coding standards specific to
5576@value{GDBN}, as described in the following sections.
c906108c 5577
af6c57ea 5578
b9aa90c9 5579@subsection ISO C
af6c57ea 5580
b9aa90c9
AC
5581@value{GDBN} assumes an ISO/IEC 9899:1990 (a.k.a.@: ISO C90) compliant
5582compiler.
af6c57ea 5583
b9aa90c9 5584@value{GDBN} does not assume an ISO C or POSIX compliant C library.
af6c57ea
AC
5585
5586
5587@subsection Memory Management
5588
5589@value{GDBN} does not use the functions @code{malloc}, @code{realloc},
5590@code{calloc}, @code{free} and @code{asprintf}.
5591
5592@value{GDBN} uses the functions @code{xmalloc}, @code{xrealloc} and
5593@code{xcalloc} when allocating memory. Unlike @code{malloc} et.al.@:
5594these functions do not return when the memory pool is empty. Instead,
5595they unwind the stack using cleanups. These functions return
5596@code{NULL} when requested to allocate a chunk of memory of size zero.
5597
5598@emph{Pragmatics: By using these functions, the need to check every
5599memory allocation is removed. These functions provide portable
5600behavior.}
5601
5602@value{GDBN} does not use the function @code{free}.
5603
5604@value{GDBN} uses the function @code{xfree} to return memory to the
5605memory pool. Consistent with ISO-C, this function ignores a request to
5606free a @code{NULL} pointer.
5607
5608@emph{Pragmatics: On some systems @code{free} fails when passed a
5609@code{NULL} pointer.}
5610
5611@value{GDBN} can use the non-portable function @code{alloca} for the
5612allocation of small temporary values (such as strings).
5613
5614@emph{Pragmatics: This function is very non-portable. Some systems
5615restrict the memory being allocated to no more than a few kilobytes.}
5616
5617@value{GDBN} uses the string function @code{xstrdup} and the print
b435e160 5618function @code{xstrprintf}.
af6c57ea
AC
5619
5620@emph{Pragmatics: @code{asprintf} and @code{strdup} can fail. Print
5621functions such as @code{sprintf} are very prone to buffer overflow
5622errors.}
5623
5624
5625@subsection Compiler Warnings
56caf160 5626@cindex compiler warnings
af6c57ea 5627
aa79a185
DJ
5628With few exceptions, developers should avoid the configuration option
5629@samp{--disable-werror} when building @value{GDBN}. The exceptions
5630are listed in the file @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}. The default, when
5631building with @sc{gcc}, is @samp{--enable-werror}.
af6c57ea
AC
5632
5633This option causes @value{GDBN} (when built using GCC) to be compiled
5634with a carefully selected list of compiler warning flags. Any warnings
aa79a185 5635from those flags are treated as errors.
af6c57ea
AC
5636
5637The current list of warning flags includes:
5638
5639@table @samp
aa79a185
DJ
5640@item -Wall
5641Recommended @sc{gcc} warnings.
af6c57ea 5642
aa79a185 5643@item -Wdeclaration-after-statement
af6c57ea 5644
aa79a185
DJ
5645@sc{gcc} 3.x (and later) and @sc{c99} allow declarations mixed with
5646code, but @sc{gcc} 2.x and @sc{c89} do not.
af6c57ea 5647
aa79a185 5648@item -Wpointer-arith
af6c57ea 5649
aa79a185
DJ
5650@item -Wformat-nonliteral
5651Non-literal format strings, with a few exceptions, are bugs - they
d3e8051b 5652might contain unintended user-supplied format specifiers.
af6c57ea 5653Since @value{GDBN} uses the @code{format printf} attribute on all
aa79a185 5654@code{printf} like functions this checks not just @code{printf} calls
af6c57ea
AC
5655but also calls to functions such as @code{fprintf_unfiltered}.
5656
7be93b9e
JB
5657@item -Wno-pointer-sign
5658In version 4.0, GCC began warning about pointer argument passing or
5659assignment even when the source and destination differed only in
5660signedness. However, most @value{GDBN} code doesn't distinguish
5661carefully between @code{char} and @code{unsigned char}. In early 2006
5662the @value{GDBN} developers decided correcting these warnings wasn't
5663worth the time it would take.
5664
aa79a185
DJ
5665@item -Wno-unused-parameter
5666Due to the way that @value{GDBN} is implemented many functions have
5667unused parameters. Consequently this warning is avoided. The macro
af6c57ea
AC
5668@code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} is not used as it leads to false negatives ---
5669it is not an error to have @code{ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED} on a parameter that
aa79a185
DJ
5670is being used.
5671
5672@item -Wno-unused
5673@itemx -Wno-switch
5674These are warnings which might be useful for @value{GDBN}, but are
5675currently too noisy to enable with @samp{-Werror}.
af6c57ea 5676
aa79a185 5677@end table
c906108c
SS
5678
5679@subsection Formatting
5680
56caf160 5681@cindex source code formatting
c906108c
SS
5682The standard GNU recommendations for formatting must be followed
5683strictly.
5684
af6c57ea
AC
5685A function declaration should not have its name in column zero. A
5686function definition should have its name in column zero.
5687
474c8240 5688@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5689/* Declaration */
5690static void foo (void);
5691/* Definition */
5692void
5693foo (void)
5694@{
5695@}
474c8240 5696@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5697
5698@emph{Pragmatics: This simplifies scripting. Function definitions can
5699be found using @samp{^function-name}.}
c906108c 5700
af6c57ea
AC
5701There must be a space between a function or macro name and the opening
5702parenthesis of its argument list (except for macro definitions, as
5703required by C). There must not be a space after an open paren/bracket
5704or before a close paren/bracket.
c906108c
SS
5705
5706While additional whitespace is generally helpful for reading, do not use
5707more than one blank line to separate blocks, and avoid adding whitespace
af6c57ea
AC
5708after the end of a program line (as of 1/99, some 600 lines had
5709whitespace after the semicolon). Excess whitespace causes difficulties
5710for @code{diff} and @code{patch} utilities.
5711
5712Pointers are declared using the traditional K&R C style:
5713
474c8240 5714@smallexample
af6c57ea 5715void *foo;
474c8240 5716@end smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5717
5718@noindent
5719and not:
5720
474c8240 5721@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5722void * foo;
5723void* foo;
474c8240 5724@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5725
5726@subsection Comments
5727
56caf160 5728@cindex comment formatting
c906108c
SS
5729The standard GNU requirements on comments must be followed strictly.
5730
af6c57ea
AC
5731Block comments must appear in the following form, with no @code{/*}- or
5732@code{*/}-only lines, and no leading @code{*}:
c906108c 5733
474c8240 5734@smallexample
c906108c
SS
5735/* Wait for control to return from inferior to debugger. If inferior
5736 gets a signal, we may decide to start it up again instead of
5737 returning. That is why there is a loop in this function. When
5738 this function actually returns it means the inferior should be left
25822942 5739 stopped and @value{GDBN} should read more commands. */
474c8240 5740@end smallexample
c906108c
SS
5741
5742(Note that this format is encouraged by Emacs; tabbing for a multi-line
56caf160 5743comment works correctly, and @kbd{M-q} fills the block consistently.)
c906108c
SS
5744
5745Put a blank line between the block comments preceding function or
5746variable definitions, and the definition itself.
5747
5748In general, put function-body comments on lines by themselves, rather
5749than trying to fit them into the 20 characters left at the end of a
5750line, since either the comment or the code will inevitably get longer
5751than will fit, and then somebody will have to move it anyhow.
5752
5753@subsection C Usage
5754
56caf160 5755@cindex C data types
c906108c
SS
5756Code must not depend on the sizes of C data types, the format of the
5757host's floating point numbers, the alignment of anything, or the order
5758of evaluation of expressions.
5759
56caf160 5760@cindex function usage
c906108c 5761Use functions freely. There are only a handful of compute-bound areas
56caf160
EZ
5762in @value{GDBN} that might be affected by the overhead of a function
5763call, mainly in symbol reading. Most of @value{GDBN}'s performance is
5764limited by the target interface (whether serial line or system call).
c906108c
SS
5765
5766However, use functions with moderation. A thousand one-line functions
5767are just as hard to understand as a single thousand-line function.
5768
af6c57ea 5769@emph{Macros are bad, M'kay.}
9e678452
CF
5770(But if you have to use a macro, make sure that the macro arguments are
5771protected with parentheses.)
af6c57ea
AC
5772
5773@cindex types
c906108c 5774
af6c57ea
AC
5775Declarations like @samp{struct foo *} should be used in preference to
5776declarations like @samp{typedef struct foo @{ @dots{} @} *foo_ptr}.
5777
5778
5779@subsection Function Prototypes
56caf160 5780@cindex function prototypes
af6c57ea
AC
5781
5782Prototypes must be used when both @emph{declaring} and @emph{defining}
5783a function. Prototypes for @value{GDBN} functions must include both the
5784argument type and name, with the name matching that used in the actual
5785function definition.
c906108c 5786
53a5351d
JM
5787All external functions should have a declaration in a header file that
5788callers include, except for @code{_initialize_*} functions, which must
5789be external so that @file{init.c} construction works, but shouldn't be
5790visible to random source files.
c906108c 5791
af6c57ea
AC
5792Where a source file needs a forward declaration of a static function,
5793that declaration must appear in a block near the top of the source file.
5794
5795
5796@subsection Internal Error Recovery
5797
5798During its execution, @value{GDBN} can encounter two types of errors.
5799User errors and internal errors. User errors include not only a user
5800entering an incorrect command but also problems arising from corrupt
5801object files and system errors when interacting with the target.
937f164b
FF
5802Internal errors include situations where @value{GDBN} has detected, at
5803run time, a corrupt or erroneous situation.
af6c57ea
AC
5804
5805When reporting an internal error, @value{GDBN} uses
5806@code{internal_error} and @code{gdb_assert}.
5807
5808@value{GDBN} must not call @code{abort} or @code{assert}.
5809
5810@emph{Pragmatics: There is no @code{internal_warning} function. Either
5811the code detected a user error, recovered from it and issued a
5812@code{warning} or the code failed to correctly recover from the user
5813error and issued an @code{internal_error}.}
5814
5815@subsection File Names
5816
5817Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be in lower
5818case. Any file used when building the core of @value{GDBN} must be 8.3
5819unique. These requirements apply to both source and generated files.
5820
5821@emph{Pragmatics: The core of @value{GDBN} must be buildable on many
5822platforms including DJGPP and MacOS/HFS. Every time an unfriendly file
5823is introduced to the build process both @file{Makefile.in} and
5824@file{configure.in} need to be modified accordingly. Compare the
5825convoluted conversion process needed to transform @file{COPYING} into
5826@file{copying.c} with the conversion needed to transform
5827@file{version.in} into @file{version.c}.}
5828
5829Any file non 8.3 compliant file (that is not used when building the core
5830of @value{GDBN}) must be added to @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
5831
5832@emph{Pragmatics: This is clearly a compromise.}
5833
5834When @value{GDBN} has a local version of a system header file (ex
5835@file{string.h}) the file name based on the POSIX header prefixed with
b4177fca
DJ
5836@file{gdb_} (@file{gdb_string.h}). These headers should be relatively
5837independent: they should use only macros defined by @file{configure},
5838the compiler, or the host; they should include only system headers; they
5839should refer only to system types. They may be shared between multiple
5840programs, e.g.@: @value{GDBN} and @sc{gdbserver}.
af6c57ea
AC
5841
5842For other files @samp{-} is used as the separator.
5843
5844
5845@subsection Include Files
5846
e2b28d04 5847A @file{.c} file should include @file{defs.h} first.
af6c57ea 5848
e2b28d04
AC
5849A @file{.c} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5850declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5851indirect inclusion.
af6c57ea 5852
e2b28d04
AC
5853A @file{.h} file should directly include the @code{.h} file of every
5854declaration and/or definition it directly refers to. It cannot rely on
5855indirect inclusion. Exception: The file @file{defs.h} does not need to
5856be directly included.
af6c57ea 5857
e2b28d04 5858An external declaration should only appear in one include file.
af6c57ea 5859
e2b28d04
AC
5860An external declaration should never appear in a @code{.c} file.
5861Exception: a declaration for the @code{_initialize} function that
5862pacifies @option{-Wmissing-declaration}.
5863
5864A @code{typedef} definition should only appear in one include file.
5865
5866An opaque @code{struct} declaration can appear in multiple @file{.h}
5867files. Where possible, a @file{.h} file should use an opaque
5868@code{struct} declaration instead of an include.
5869
5870All @file{.h} files should be wrapped in:
af6c57ea 5871
474c8240 5872@smallexample
af6c57ea
AC
5873#ifndef INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5874#define INCLUDE_FILE_NAME_H
5875header body
5876#endif
474c8240 5877@end smallexample
af6c57ea 5878
c906108c 5879
dab11f21 5880@subsection Clean Design and Portable Implementation
c906108c 5881
56caf160 5882@cindex design
c906108c 5883In addition to getting the syntax right, there's the little question of
25822942 5884semantics. Some things are done in certain ways in @value{GDBN} because long
c906108c
SS
5885experience has shown that the more obvious ways caused various kinds of
5886trouble.
5887
56caf160 5888@cindex assumptions about targets
c906108c
SS
5889You can't assume the byte order of anything that comes from a target
5890(including @var{value}s, object files, and instructions). Such things
56caf160
EZ
5891must be byte-swapped using @code{SWAP_TARGET_AND_HOST} in
5892@value{GDBN}, or one of the swap routines defined in @file{bfd.h},
5893such as @code{bfd_get_32}.
c906108c
SS
5894
5895You can't assume that you know what interface is being used to talk to
5896the target system. All references to the target must go through the
5897current @code{target_ops} vector.
5898
5899You can't assume that the host and target machines are the same machine
5900(except in the ``native'' support modules). In particular, you can't
5901assume that the target machine's header files will be available on the
5902host machine. Target code must bring along its own header files --
5903written from scratch or explicitly donated by their owner, to avoid
5904copyright problems.
5905
56caf160 5906@cindex portability
c906108c
SS
5907Insertion of new @code{#ifdef}'s will be frowned upon. It's much better
5908to write the code portably than to conditionalize it for various
5909systems.
5910
56caf160 5911@cindex system dependencies
c906108c
SS
5912New @code{#ifdef}'s which test for specific compilers or manufacturers
5913or operating systems are unacceptable. All @code{#ifdef}'s should test
5914for features. The information about which configurations contain which
5915features should be segregated into the configuration files. Experience
5916has proven far too often that a feature unique to one particular system
5917often creeps into other systems; and that a conditional based on some
5918predefined macro for your current system will become worthless over
5919time, as new versions of your system come out that behave differently
5920with regard to this feature.
5921
5922Adding code that handles specific architectures, operating systems,
af6c57ea 5923target interfaces, or hosts, is not acceptable in generic code.
c906108c 5924
dab11f21
EZ
5925@cindex portable file name handling
5926@cindex file names, portability
5927One particularly notorious area where system dependencies tend to
5928creep in is handling of file names. The mainline @value{GDBN} code
5929assumes Posix semantics of file names: absolute file names begin with
5930a forward slash @file{/}, slashes are used to separate leading
5931directories, case-sensitive file names. These assumptions are not
5932necessarily true on non-Posix systems such as MS-Windows. To avoid
5933system-dependent code where you need to take apart or construct a file
5934name, use the following portable macros:
5935
5936@table @code
5937@findex HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5938@item HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
5939This preprocessing symbol is defined to a non-zero value on hosts
5940whose filesystems belong to the MS-DOS/MS-Windows family. Use this
5941symbol to write conditional code which should only be compiled for
5942such hosts.
5943
5944@findex IS_DIR_SEPARATOR
4be31470 5945@item IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (@var{c})
dab11f21
EZ
5946Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{c} is a directory separator
5947character. On Unix and GNU/Linux systems, only a slash @file{/} is
5948such a character, but on Windows, both @file{/} and @file{\} will
5949pass.
5950
5951@findex IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH
5952@item IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (@var{file})
5953Evaluates to a non-zero value if @var{file} is an absolute file name.
5954For Unix and GNU/Linux hosts, a name which begins with a slash
5955@file{/} is absolute. On DOS and Windows, @file{d:/foo} and
5956@file{x:\bar} are also absolute file names.
5957
5958@findex FILENAME_CMP
5959@item FILENAME_CMP (@var{f1}, @var{f2})
5960Calls a function which compares file names @var{f1} and @var{f2} as
5961appropriate for the underlying host filesystem. For Posix systems,
5962this simply calls @code{strcmp}; on case-insensitive filesystems it
5963will call @code{strcasecmp} instead.
5964
5965@findex DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5966@item DIRNAME_SEPARATOR
5967Evaluates to a character which separates directories in
5968@code{PATH}-style lists, typically held in environment variables.
5969This character is @samp{:} on Unix, @samp{;} on DOS and Windows.
5970
5971@findex SLASH_STRING
5972@item SLASH_STRING
5973This evaluates to a constant string you should use to produce an
5974absolute filename from leading directories and the file's basename.
5975@code{SLASH_STRING} is @code{"/"} on most systems, but might be
5976@code{"\\"} for some Windows-based ports.
5977@end table
5978
5979In addition to using these macros, be sure to use portable library
5980functions whenever possible. For example, to extract a directory or a
5981basename part from a file name, use the @code{dirname} and
5982@code{basename} library functions (available in @code{libiberty} for
5983platforms which don't provide them), instead of searching for a slash
5984with @code{strrchr}.
5985
25822942
DB
5986Another way to generalize @value{GDBN} along a particular interface is with an
5987attribute struct. For example, @value{GDBN} has been generalized to handle
56caf160
EZ
5988multiple kinds of remote interfaces---not by @code{#ifdef}s everywhere, but
5989by defining the @code{target_ops} structure and having a current target (as
c906108c
SS
5990well as a stack of targets below it, for memory references). Whenever
5991something needs to be done that depends on which remote interface we are
56caf160
EZ
5992using, a flag in the current target_ops structure is tested (e.g.,
5993@code{target_has_stack}), or a function is called through a pointer in the
c906108c 5994current target_ops structure. In this way, when a new remote interface
56caf160 5995is added, only one module needs to be touched---the one that actually
c906108c
SS
5996implements the new remote interface. Other examples of
5997attribute-structs are BFD access to multiple kinds of object file
25822942 5998formats, or @value{GDBN}'s access to multiple source languages.
c906108c 5999
56caf160
EZ
6000Please avoid duplicating code. For example, in @value{GDBN} 3.x all
6001the code interfacing between @code{ptrace} and the rest of
6002@value{GDBN} was duplicated in @file{*-dep.c}, and so changing
6003something was very painful. In @value{GDBN} 4.x, these have all been
6004consolidated into @file{infptrace.c}. @file{infptrace.c} can deal
6005with variations between systems the same way any system-independent
6006file would (hooks, @code{#if defined}, etc.), and machines which are
6007radically different don't need to use @file{infptrace.c} at all.
c906108c 6008
af6c57ea
AC
6009All debugging code must be controllable using the @samp{set debug
6010@var{module}} command. Do not use @code{printf} to print trace
6011messages. Use @code{fprintf_unfiltered(gdb_stdlog, ...}. Do not use
6012@code{#ifdef DEBUG}.
6013
c906108c 6014
8487521e 6015@node Porting GDB
c906108c 6016
25822942 6017@chapter Porting @value{GDBN}
56caf160 6018@cindex porting to new machines
c906108c 6019
56caf160
EZ
6020Most of the work in making @value{GDBN} compile on a new machine is in
6021specifying the configuration of the machine. This is done in a
6022dizzying variety of header files and configuration scripts, which we
6023hope to make more sensible soon. Let's say your new host is called an
6024@var{xyz} (e.g., @samp{sun4}), and its full three-part configuration
6025name is @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}} (e.g.,
6026@samp{sparc-sun-sunos4}). In particular:
c906108c 6027
56caf160
EZ
6028@itemize @bullet
6029@item
c906108c
SS
6030In the top level directory, edit @file{config.sub} and add @var{arch},
6031@var{xvend}, and @var{xos} to the lists of supported architectures,
6032vendors, and operating systems near the bottom of the file. Also, add
6033@var{xyz} as an alias that maps to
6034@code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}. You can test your changes by
6035running
6036
474c8240 6037@smallexample
c906108c 6038./config.sub @var{xyz}
474c8240 6039@end smallexample
56caf160 6040
c906108c
SS
6041@noindent
6042and
56caf160 6043
474c8240 6044@smallexample
c906108c 6045./config.sub @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
474c8240 6046@end smallexample
56caf160 6047
c906108c
SS
6048@noindent
6049which should both respond with @code{@var{arch}-@var{xvend}-@var{xos}}
6050and no error messages.
6051
56caf160 6052@noindent
c906108c
SS
6053You need to port BFD, if that hasn't been done already. Porting BFD is
6054beyond the scope of this manual.
6055
56caf160 6056@item
25822942 6057To configure @value{GDBN} itself, edit @file{gdb/configure.host} to recognize
c906108c
SS
6058your system and set @code{gdb_host} to @var{xyz}, and (unless your
6059desired target is already available) also edit @file{gdb/configure.tgt},
6060setting @code{gdb_target} to something appropriate (for instance,
6061@var{xyz}).
6062
7fd60527
AC
6063@emph{Maintainer's note: Work in progress. The file
6064@file{gdb/configure.host} originally needed to be modified when either a
6065new native target or a new host machine was being added to @value{GDBN}.
6066Recent changes have removed this requirement. The file now only needs
6067to be modified when adding a new native configuration. This will likely
6068changed again in the future.}
6069
56caf160 6070@item
25822942 6071Finally, you'll need to specify and define @value{GDBN}'s host-, native-, and
c906108c
SS
6072target-dependent @file{.h} and @file{.c} files used for your
6073configuration.
56caf160 6074@end itemize
c906108c 6075
d52fe014
AC
6076@node Versions and Branches
6077@chapter Versions and Branches
8973da3a 6078
d52fe014 6079@section Versions
8973da3a 6080
d52fe014
AC
6081@value{GDBN}'s version is determined by the file
6082@file{gdb/version.in} and takes one of the following forms:
fb0ff88f 6083
d52fe014
AC
6084@table @asis
6085@item @var{major}.@var{minor}
6086@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6087an official release (e.g., 6.2 or 6.2.1)
6088@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6089a snapshot taken at @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD}-gmt (e.g.,
60906.1.50.20020302, 6.1.90.20020304, or 6.1.0.20020308)
6091@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-cvs
6092a @sc{cvs} check out drawn on @var{YYYY}-@var{MM}-@var{DD} (e.g.,
60936.1.50.20020302-cvs, 6.1.90.20020304-cvs, or 6.1.0.20020308-cvs)
6094@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} (@var{vendor})
d52fe014 6095a vendor specific release of @value{GDBN}, that while based on@*
53531fc1
AC
6096@var{major}.@var{minor}.@var{patchlevel}.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD},
6097may include additional changes
d52fe014 6098@end table
fb0ff88f 6099
d52fe014
AC
6100@value{GDBN}'s mainline uses the @var{major} and @var{minor} version
6101numbers from the most recent release branch, with a @var{patchlevel}
53531fc1
AC
6102of 50. At the time each new release branch is created, the mainline's
6103@var{major} and @var{minor} version numbers are updated.
fb0ff88f 6104
53531fc1
AC
6105@value{GDBN}'s release branch is similar. When the branch is cut, the
6106@var{patchlevel} is changed from 50 to 90. As draft releases are
6107drawn from the branch, the @var{patchlevel} is incremented. Once the
6108first release (@var{major}.@var{minor}) has been made, the
6109@var{patchlevel} is set to 0 and updates have an incremented
6110@var{patchlevel}.
6111
6112For snapshots, and @sc{cvs} check outs, it is also possible to
6113identify the @sc{cvs} origin:
6114
6115@table @asis
6116@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.50.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6117drawn from the @sc{head} of mainline @sc{cvs} (e.g., 6.1.50.20020302)
6118@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.90.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6119@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.91.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6120drawn from a release branch prior to the release (e.g.,
61216.1.90.20020304)
6122@item @var{major}.@var{minor}.0.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}
6123@itemx @var{major}.@var{minor}.1.@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD} @dots{}
6124drawn from a release branch after the release (e.g., 6.2.0.20020308)
6125@end table
fb0ff88f 6126
d52fe014
AC
6127If the previous @value{GDBN} version is 6.1 and the current version is
61286.2, then, substituting 6 for @var{major} and 1 or 2 for @var{minor},
6129here's an illustration of a typical sequence:
fb0ff88f 6130
d52fe014
AC
6131@smallexample
6132 <HEAD>
6133 |
53531fc1 61346.1.50.20020302-cvs
d52fe014 6135 |
53531fc1 6136 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6137 | <gdb_6_2-branch>
d52fe014 6138 | |
53531fc1
AC
61396.2.50.20020303-cvs 6.1.90 (draft #1)
6140 | |
61416.2.50.20020304-cvs 6.1.90.20020304-cvs
6142 | |
61436.2.50.20020305-cvs 6.1.91 (draft #2)
d52fe014 6144 | |
53531fc1
AC
61456.2.50.20020306-cvs 6.1.91.20020306-cvs
6146 | |
61476.2.50.20020307-cvs 6.2 (release)
6148 | |
61496.2.50.20020308-cvs 6.2.0.20020308-cvs
6150 | |
61516.2.50.20020309-cvs 6.2.1 (update)
6152 | |
61536.2.50.20020310-cvs <branch closed>
d52fe014 6154 |
53531fc1 61556.2.50.20020311-cvs
d52fe014 6156 |
53531fc1 6157 +--------------------------.
d52fe014 6158 | <gdb_6_3-branch>
53531fc1
AC
6159 | |
61606.3.50.20020312-cvs 6.2.90 (draft #1)
6161 | |
d52fe014 6162@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6163
d52fe014
AC
6164@section Release Branches
6165@cindex Release Branches
fb0ff88f 6166
d52fe014
AC
6167@value{GDBN} draws a release series (6.2, 6.2.1, @dots{}) from a
6168single release branch, and identifies that branch using the @sc{cvs}
6169branch tags:
fb0ff88f 6170
d52fe014
AC
6171@smallexample
6172gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-branchpoint
6173gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-branch
6174gdb_@var{major}_@var{minor}-@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}-release
6175@end smallexample
6176
6177@emph{Pragmatics: To help identify the date at which a branch or
6178release is made, both the branchpoint and release tags include the
6179date that they are cut (@var{YYYY}@var{MM}@var{DD}) in the tag. The
6180branch tag, denoting the head of the branch, does not need this.}
6181
6182@section Vendor Branches
6183@cindex vendor branches
fb0ff88f
AC
6184
6185To avoid version conflicts, vendors are expected to modify the file
6186@file{gdb/version.in} to include a vendor unique alphabetic identifier
6187(an official @value{GDBN} release never uses alphabetic characters in
d3e8051b 6188its version identifier). E.g., @samp{6.2widgit2}, or @samp{6.2 (Widgit
d52fe014
AC
6189Inc Patch 2)}.
6190
6191@section Experimental Branches
6192@cindex experimental branches
6193
6194@subsection Guidelines
6195
6196@value{GDBN} permits the creation of branches, cut from the @sc{cvs}
6197repository, for experimental development. Branches make it possible
6198for developers to share preliminary work, and maintainers to examine
6199significant new developments.
fb0ff88f 6200
d52fe014 6201The following are a set of guidelines for creating such branches:
fb0ff88f 6202
d52fe014
AC
6203@table @emph
6204
6205@item a branch has an owner
6206The owner can set further policy for a branch, but may not change the
6207ground rules. In particular, they can set a policy for commits (be it
6208adding more reviewers or deciding who can commit).
6209
6210@item all commits are posted
6211All changes committed to a branch shall also be posted to
6212@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} patches
6213mailing list}. While commentary on such changes are encouraged, people
6214should remember that the changes only apply to a branch.
6215
6216@item all commits are covered by an assignment
6217This ensures that all changes belong to the Free Software Foundation,
6218and avoids the possibility that the branch may become contaminated.
6219
6220@item a branch is focused
6221A focused branch has a single objective or goal, and does not contain
6222unnecessary or irrelevant changes. Cleanups, where identified, being
6223be pushed into the mainline as soon as possible.
6224
6225@item a branch tracks mainline
6226This keeps the level of divergence under control. It also keeps the
6227pressure on developers to push cleanups and other stuff into the
6228mainline.
6229
6230@item a branch shall contain the entire @value{GDBN} module
6231The @value{GDBN} module @code{gdb} should be specified when creating a
6232branch (branches of individual files should be avoided). @xref{Tags}.
6233
6234@item a branch shall be branded using @file{version.in}
6235The file @file{gdb/version.in} shall be modified so that it identifies
6236the branch @var{owner} and branch @var{name}, e.g.,
53531fc1 6237@samp{6.2.50.20030303_owner_name} or @samp{6.2 (Owner Name)}.
d52fe014
AC
6238
6239@end table
fb0ff88f 6240
d52fe014
AC
6241@subsection Tags
6242@anchor{Tags}
fb0ff88f 6243
d52fe014
AC
6244To simplify the identification of @value{GDBN} branches, the following
6245branch tagging convention is strongly recommended:
fb0ff88f 6246
d52fe014 6247@table @code
fb0ff88f 6248
d52fe014
AC
6249@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6250@itemx @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch
6251The branch point and corresponding branch tag. @var{YYYYMMDD} is the
6252date that the branch was created. A branch is created using the
6253sequence: @anchor{experimental branch tags}
474c8240 6254@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6255cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint gdb
6256cvs rtag -b -r @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint \
6257 @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branch gdb
474c8240 6258@end smallexample
fb0ff88f 6259
d52fe014
AC
6260@item @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
6261The tagged point, on the mainline, that was used when merging the branch
6262on @var{yyyymmdd}. To merge in all changes since the branch was cut,
6263use a command sequence like:
474c8240 6264@smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6265cvs rtag @var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint gdb
6266cvs update \
6267 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{YYYYMMDD}-branchpoint
6268 -j@var{owner}_@var{name}-@var{yyyymmdd}-mergepoint
474c8240 6269@end smallexample
d52fe014
AC
6270@noindent
6271Similar sequences can be used to just merge in changes since the last
6272merge.
6273
6274@end table
fb0ff88f 6275
d52fe014
AC
6276@noindent
6277For further information on @sc{cvs}, see
6278@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/cvs/, Concurrent Versions System}.
6279
55f6ca0f
JB
6280@node Start of New Year Procedure
6281@chapter Start of New Year Procedure
6282@cindex new year procedure
6283
6284At the start of each new year, the following actions should be performed:
6285
6286@itemize @bullet
6287@item
6288Rotate the ChangeLog file
6289
6290The current @file{ChangeLog} file should be renamed into
6291@file{ChangeLog-YYYY} where YYYY is the year that has just passed.
6292A new @file{ChangeLog} file should be created, and its contents should
6293contain a reference to the previous ChangeLog. The following should
6294also be preserved at the end of the new ChangeLog, in order to provide
6295the appropriate settings when editing this file with Emacs:
6296@smallexample
6297Local Variables:
6298mode: change-log
6299left-margin: 8
6300fill-column: 74
6301version-control: never
6302End:
6303@end smallexample
6304
7f893741
JB
6305@item
6306Add an entry for the newly created ChangeLog file (@file{ChangeLog-YYYY})
6307in @file{gdb/config/djgpp/fnchange.lst}.
6308
55f6ca0f
JB
6309@item
6310Update the copyright year in the startup message
6311
6312Update the copyright year in file @file{top.c}, function
6313@code{print_gdb_version}.
6314@end itemize
6315
d52fe014 6316@node Releasing GDB
fb0ff88f 6317
d52fe014
AC
6318@chapter Releasing @value{GDBN}
6319@cindex making a new release of gdb
fb0ff88f 6320
9bb0a4d8
AC
6321@section Branch Commit Policy
6322
6323The branch commit policy is pretty slack. @value{GDBN} releases 5.0,
63245.1 and 5.2 all used the below:
6325
6326@itemize @bullet
6327@item
6328The @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS} file still holds.
6329@item
6330Don't fix something on the branch unless/until it is also fixed in the
6331trunk. If this isn't possible, mentioning it in the @file{gdb/PROBLEMS}
4be31470 6332file is better than committing a hack.
9bb0a4d8
AC
6333@item
6334When considering a patch for the branch, suggested criteria include:
6335Does it fix a build? Does it fix the sequence @kbd{break main; run}
6336when debugging a static binary?
6337@item
6338The further a change is from the core of @value{GDBN}, the less likely
6339the change will worry anyone (e.g., target specific code).
6340@item
6341Only post a proposal to change the core of @value{GDBN} after you've
6342sent individual bribes to all the people listed in the
6343@file{MAINTAINERS} file @t{;-)}
6344@end itemize
6345
6346@emph{Pragmatics: Provided updates are restricted to non-core
6347functionality there is little chance that a broken change will be fatal.
6348This means that changes such as adding a new architectures or (within
6349reason) support for a new host are considered acceptable.}
6350
6351
cbb09e6a 6352@section Obsoleting code
8973da3a 6353
8642bc8f 6354Before anything else, poke the other developers (and around the source
4be31470
EZ
6355code) to see if there is anything that can be removed from @value{GDBN}
6356(an old target, an unused file).
8973da3a 6357
8642bc8f 6358Obsolete code is identified by adding an @code{OBSOLETE} prefix to every
cbb09e6a
AC
6359line. Doing this means that it is easy to identify something that has
6360been obsoleted when greping through the sources.
8973da3a 6361
cbb09e6a
AC
6362The process is done in stages --- this is mainly to ensure that the
6363wider @value{GDBN} community has a reasonable opportunity to respond.
6364Remember, everything on the Internet takes a week.
8973da3a 6365
cbb09e6a 6366@enumerate
8973da3a 6367@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6368Post the proposal on @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB mailing
6369list} Creating a bug report to track the task's state, is also highly
6370recommended.
8973da3a 6371@item
cbb09e6a 6372Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6373@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6374Post the proposal on @email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, the GDB
6375Announcement mailing list}.
8973da3a 6376@item
cbb09e6a 6377Wait a week or so.
8973da3a 6378@item
cbb09e6a
AC
6379Go through and edit all relevant files and lines so that they are
6380prefixed with the word @code{OBSOLETE}.
6381@item
6382Wait until the next GDB version, containing this obsolete code, has been
6383released.
6384@item
6385Remove the obsolete code.
6386@end enumerate
6387
6388@noindent
6389@emph{Maintainer note: While removing old code is regrettable it is
6390hopefully better for @value{GDBN}'s long term development. Firstly it
6391helps the developers by removing code that is either no longer relevant
6392or simply wrong. Secondly since it removes any history associated with
6393the file (effectively clearing the slate) the developer has a much freer
6394hand when it comes to fixing broken files.}
8973da3a 6395
8973da3a 6396
9ae8b82c
AC
6397
6398@section Before the Branch
8973da3a 6399
8642bc8f
AC
6400The most important objective at this stage is to find and fix simple
6401changes that become a pain to track once the branch is created. For
6402instance, configuration problems that stop @value{GDBN} from even
6403building. If you can't get the problem fixed, document it in the
6404@file{gdb/PROBLEMS} file.
8973da3a 6405
9ae8b82c 6406@subheading Prompt for @file{gdb/NEWS}
8973da3a 6407
9ae8b82c
AC
6408People always forget. Send a post reminding them but also if you know
6409something interesting happened add it yourself. The @code{schedule}
6410script will mention this in its e-mail.
8973da3a 6411
9ae8b82c 6412@subheading Review @file{gdb/README}
8973da3a 6413
9ae8b82c
AC
6414Grab one of the nightly snapshots and then walk through the
6415@file{gdb/README} looking for anything that can be improved. The
6416@code{schedule} script will mention this in its e-mail.
8642bc8f
AC
6417
6418@subheading Refresh any imported files.
8973da3a 6419
8642bc8f 6420A number of files are taken from external repositories. They include:
8973da3a 6421
8642bc8f
AC
6422@itemize @bullet
6423@item
6424@file{texinfo/texinfo.tex}
6425@item
9ae8b82c
AC
6426@file{config.guess} et.@: al.@: (see the top-level @file{MAINTAINERS}
6427file)
6428@item
6429@file{etc/standards.texi}, @file{etc/make-stds.texi}
8642bc8f
AC
6430@end itemize
6431
9ae8b82c 6432@subheading Check the ARI
8642bc8f 6433
9ae8b82c
AC
6434@uref{http://sources.redhat.com/gdb/ari,,A.R.I.} is an @code{awk} script
6435(Awk Regression Index ;-) that checks for a number of errors and coding
6436conventions. The checks include things like using @code{malloc} instead
6437of @code{xmalloc} and file naming problems. There shouldn't be any
6438regressions.
8642bc8f 6439
9ae8b82c 6440@subsection Review the bug data base
8642bc8f 6441
9ae8b82c 6442Close anything obviously fixed.
8642bc8f 6443
9ae8b82c 6444@subsection Check all cross targets build
8642bc8f 6445
9ae8b82c 6446The targets are listed in @file{gdb/MAINTAINERS}.
8642bc8f 6447
8642bc8f 6448
30107679 6449@section Cut the Branch
8642bc8f 6450
30107679 6451@subheading Create the branch
8642bc8f 6452
474c8240 6453@smallexample
30107679
AC
6454$ u=5.1
6455$ v=5.2
6456$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6457$ D=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6458$ echo $u $V $D
64595.1 5_2 2002-03-03
6460$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6461-D $D-gmt gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint insight
30107679 6462cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag
b247355e 6463-D 2002-03-03-gmt gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint insight
30107679
AC
6464$ ^echo ^^
6465...
6466$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6467-b -r gdb_$V-$D-branchpoint gdb_$V-branch insight
30107679 6468cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src rtag \
b247355e 6469-b -r gdb_5_2-2002-03-03-branchpoint gdb_5_2-branch insight
30107679
AC
6470$ ^echo ^^
6471...
8642bc8f 6472$
474c8240 6473@end smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6474
6475@itemize @bullet
6476@item
b247355e 6477By using @kbd{-D YYYY-MM-DD-gmt}, the branch is forced to an exact
30107679
AC
6478date/time.
6479@item
b247355e 6480The trunk is first tagged so that the branch point can easily be found.
30107679 6481@item
b247355e 6482Insight, which includes @value{GDBN}, is tagged at the same time.
8642bc8f 6483@item
b247355e 6484@file{version.in} gets bumped to avoid version number conflicts.
8642bc8f 6485@item
b247355e 6486The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled using @file{-f}.
30107679
AC
6487@end itemize
6488
6489@subheading Update @file{version.in}
6490
6491@smallexample
6492$ u=5.1
6493$ v=5.2
6494$ V=`echo $v | sed 's/\./_/g'`
6495$ echo $u $v$V
64965.1 5_2
6497$ cd /tmp
6498$ echo cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co \
6499-r gdb_$V-branch src/gdb/version.in
6500cvs -f -d :ext:sources.redhat.com:/cvs/src co
6501 -r gdb_5_2-branch src/gdb/version.in
6502$ ^echo ^^
6503U src/gdb/version.in
6504$ cd src/gdb
6505$ echo $u.90-0000-00-00-cvs > version.in
6506$ cat version.in
65075.1.90-0000-00-00-cvs
6508$ cvs -f commit version.in
6509@end smallexample
6510
6511@itemize @bullet
6512@item
6513@file{0000-00-00} is used as a date to pump prime the version.in update
b247355e 6514mechanism.
30107679
AC
6515@item
6516@file{.90} and the previous branch version are used as fairly arbitrary
b247355e 6517initial branch version number.
8642bc8f
AC
6518@end itemize
6519
8642bc8f
AC
6520
6521@subheading Update the web and news pages
6522
30107679
AC
6523Something?
6524
8642bc8f
AC
6525@subheading Tweak cron to track the new branch
6526
30107679
AC
6527The file @file{gdbadmin/cron/crontab} contains gdbadmin's cron table.
6528This file needs to be updated so that:
6529
6530@itemize @bullet
6531@item
b247355e 6532A daily timestamp is added to the file @file{version.in}.
30107679 6533@item
b247355e 6534The new branch is included in the snapshot process.
30107679
AC
6535@end itemize
6536
6537@noindent
6538See the file @file{gdbadmin/cron/README} for how to install the updated
6539cron table.
6540
6541The file @file{gdbadmin/ss/README} should also be reviewed to reflect
6542any changes. That file is copied to both the branch/ and current/
6543snapshot directories.
6544
6545
6546@subheading Update the NEWS and README files
6547
6548The @file{NEWS} file needs to be updated so that on the branch it refers
6549to @emph{changes in the current release} while on the trunk it also
6550refers to @emph{changes since the current release}.
6551
6552The @file{README} file needs to be updated so that it refers to the
6553current release.
6554
6555@subheading Post the branch info
6556
6557Send an announcement to the mailing lists:
6558
6559@itemize @bullet
6560@item
6561@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6562@item
d3e8051b
EZ
6563@email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Discussion mailing list} and
6564@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Testers mailing list}
16737d73 6565@end itemize
30107679
AC
6566
6567@emph{Pragmatics: The branch creation is sent to the announce list to
6568ensure that people people not subscribed to the higher volume discussion
6569list are alerted.}
6570
6571The announcement should include:
6572
6573@itemize @bullet
6574@item
b247355e 6575The branch tag.
30107679 6576@item
b247355e 6577How to check out the branch using CVS.
30107679 6578@item
b247355e 6579The date/number of weeks until the release.
30107679 6580@item
b247355e 6581The branch commit policy still holds.
16737d73 6582@end itemize
30107679 6583
8642bc8f
AC
6584@section Stabilize the branch
6585
6586Something goes here.
6587
6588@section Create a Release
6589
0816590b
AC
6590The process of creating and then making available a release is broken
6591down into a number of stages. The first part addresses the technical
6592process of creating a releasable tar ball. The later stages address the
6593process of releasing that tar ball.
8973da3a 6594
0816590b
AC
6595When making a release candidate just the first section is needed.
6596
6597@subsection Create a release candidate
6598
6599The objective at this stage is to create a set of tar balls that can be
6600made available as a formal release (or as a less formal release
6601candidate).
6602
6603@subsubheading Freeze the branch
6604
6605Send out an e-mail notifying everyone that the branch is frozen to
6606@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com}.
6607
6608@subsubheading Establish a few defaults.
8973da3a 6609
474c8240 6610@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6611$ b=gdb_5_2-branch
6612$ v=5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6613$ t=/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp
6614$ echo $t/$b/$v
0816590b 6615/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8642bc8f
AC
6616$ mkdir -p $t/$b/$v
6617$ cd $t/$b/$v
6618$ pwd
0816590b 6619/sourceware/snapshot-tmp/gdbadmin-tmp/gdb_5_2-branch/5.2
8973da3a
AC
6620$ which autoconf
6621/home/gdbadmin/bin/autoconf
8642bc8f 6622$
474c8240 6623@end smallexample
8973da3a 6624
0816590b
AC
6625@noindent
6626Notes:
8973da3a 6627
0816590b
AC
6628@itemize @bullet
6629@item
6630Check the @code{autoconf} version carefully. You want to be using the
4a2b4636
JB
6631version taken from the @file{binutils} snapshot directory, which can be
6632found at @uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/binutils/}. It is very
0816590b
AC
6633unlikely that a system installed version of @code{autoconf} (e.g.,
6634@file{/usr/bin/autoconf}) is correct.
6635@end itemize
6636
6637@subsubheading Check out the relevant modules:
8973da3a 6638
474c8240 6639@smallexample
b247355e 6640$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6641do
8973da3a
AC
6642( mkdir -p $m && cd $m && cvs -q -f -d /cvs/src co -P -r $b $m )
6643done
8642bc8f 6644$
474c8240 6645@end smallexample
8973da3a 6646
0816590b
AC
6647@noindent
6648Note:
8642bc8f 6649
0816590b
AC
6650@itemize @bullet
6651@item
6652The reading of @file{.cvsrc} is disabled (@file{-f}) so that there isn't
6653any confusion between what is written here and what your local
6654@code{cvs} really does.
6655@end itemize
6656
6657@subsubheading Update relevant files.
8973da3a 6658
0816590b
AC
6659@table @file
6660
6661@item gdb/NEWS
8642bc8f
AC
6662
6663Major releases get their comments added as part of the mainline. Minor
6664releases should probably mention any significant bugs that were fixed.
6665
0816590b 6666Don't forget to include the @file{ChangeLog} entry.
8973da3a 6667
474c8240 6668@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6669$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/NEWS
6670...
6671c-x 4 a
6672...
6673c-x c-s c-x c-c
6674$ cp gdb/src/gdb/NEWS insight/src/gdb/NEWS
6675$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6676@end smallexample
8973da3a 6677
0816590b
AC
6678@item gdb/README
6679
6680You'll need to update:
8973da3a 6681
0816590b
AC
6682@itemize @bullet
6683@item
b247355e 6684The version.
0816590b 6685@item
b247355e 6686The update date.
0816590b 6687@item
b247355e 6688Who did it.
0816590b 6689@end itemize
8973da3a 6690
474c8240 6691@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6692$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/README
6693...
8973da3a 6694c-x 4 a
8642bc8f 6695...
8973da3a 6696c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6697$ cp gdb/src/gdb/README insight/src/gdb/README
6698$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6699@end smallexample
8973da3a 6700
0816590b
AC
6701@emph{Maintainer note: Hopefully the @file{README} file was reviewed
6702before the initial branch was cut so just a simple substitute is needed
6703to get it updated.}
8973da3a 6704
8642bc8f
AC
6705@emph{Maintainer note: Other projects generate @file{README} and
6706@file{INSTALL} from the core documentation. This might be worth
6707pursuing.}
8973da3a 6708
0816590b 6709@item gdb/version.in
8973da3a 6710
474c8240 6711@smallexample
8642bc8f 6712$ echo $v > gdb/src/gdb/version.in
0816590b
AC
6713$ cat gdb/src/gdb/version.in
67145.2
8642bc8f 6715$ emacs gdb/src/gdb/version.in
8973da3a
AC
6716...
6717c-x 4 a
0816590b 6718... Bump to version ...
8973da3a 6719c-x c-s c-x c-c
8642bc8f
AC
6720$ cp gdb/src/gdb/version.in insight/src/gdb/version.in
6721$ cp gdb/src/gdb/ChangeLog insight/src/gdb/ChangeLog
474c8240 6722@end smallexample
8973da3a 6723
0816590b
AC
6724@end table
6725
6726@subsubheading Do the dirty work
6727
6728This is identical to the process used to create the daily snapshot.
8973da3a 6729
4ce8657e
MC
6730@smallexample
6731$ for m in gdb insight
6732do
6733( cd $m/src && gmake -f src-release $m.tar )
6734done
4ce8657e
MC
6735@end smallexample
6736
6737If the top level source directory does not have @file{src-release}
6738(@value{GDBN} version 5.3.1 or earlier), try these commands instead:
6739
474c8240 6740@smallexample
0816590b 6741$ for m in gdb insight
8642bc8f 6742do
0816590b 6743( cd $m/src && gmake -f Makefile.in $m.tar )
8973da3a 6744done
474c8240 6745@end smallexample
8973da3a 6746
0816590b 6747@subsubheading Check the source files
8642bc8f 6748
0816590b 6749You're looking for files that have mysteriously disappeared.
8642bc8f
AC
6750@kbd{distclean} has the habit of deleting files it shouldn't. Watch out
6751for the @file{version.in} update @kbd{cronjob}.
8973da3a 6752
474c8240 6753@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6754$ ( cd gdb/src && cvs -f -q -n update )
6755M djunpack.bat
0816590b 6756? gdb-5.1.91.tar
8642bc8f 6757? proto-toplev
0816590b 6758@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f
AC
6759M gdb/ChangeLog
6760M gdb/NEWS
6761M gdb/README
6762M gdb/version.in
0816590b 6763@dots{} lots of generated files @dots{}
8642bc8f 6764$
474c8240 6765@end smallexample
8973da3a 6766
0816590b 6767@noindent
8642bc8f
AC
6768@emph{Don't worry about the @file{gdb.info-??} or
6769@file{gdb/p-exp.tab.c}. They were generated (and yes @file{gdb.info-1}
6770was also generated only something strange with CVS means that they
d3e8051b 6771didn't get suppressed). Fixing it would be nice though.}
8973da3a 6772
0816590b 6773@subsubheading Create compressed versions of the release
8973da3a 6774
474c8240 6775@smallexample
0816590b
AC
6776$ cp */src/*.tar .
6777$ cp */src/*.bz2 .
6778$ ls -F
b247355e 6779gdb/ gdb-5.2.tar insight/ insight-5.2.tar
0816590b
AC
6780$ for m in gdb insight
6781do
6782bzip2 -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.bz2
6783gzip -v -9 -c $m-$v.tar > $m-$v.tar.gz
6784done
6785$
474c8240 6786@end smallexample
8973da3a 6787
0816590b
AC
6788@noindent
6789Note:
6790
6791@itemize @bullet
6792@item
6793A pipe such as @kbd{bunzip2 < xxx.bz2 | gzip -9 > xxx.gz} is not since,
6794in that mode, @code{gzip} does not know the name of the file and, hence,
6795can not include it in the compressed file. This is also why the release
6796process runs @code{tar} and @code{bzip2} as separate passes.
6797@end itemize
6798
6799@subsection Sanity check the tar ball
8973da3a 6800
0816590b 6801Pick a popular machine (Solaris/PPC?) and try the build on that.
8973da3a 6802
0816590b
AC
6803@smallexample
6804$ bunzip2 < gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 | tar xpf -
6805$ cd gdb-5.2
6806$ ./configure
6807$ make
6808@dots{}
6809$ ./gdb/gdb ./gdb/gdb
6810GNU gdb 5.2
6811@dots{}
6812(gdb) b main
6813Breakpoint 1 at 0x80732bc: file main.c, line 734.
6814(gdb) run
6815Starting program: /tmp/gdb-5.2/gdb/gdb
6816
6817Breakpoint 1, main (argc=1, argv=0xbffff8b4) at main.c:734
6818734 catch_errors (captured_main, &args, "", RETURN_MASK_ALL);
6819(gdb) print args
6820$1 = @{argc = 136426532, argv = 0x821b7f0@}
6821(gdb)
6822@end smallexample
8973da3a 6823
0816590b 6824@subsection Make a release candidate available
8973da3a 6825
0816590b 6826If this is a release candidate then the only remaining steps are:
8642bc8f 6827
0816590b
AC
6828@enumerate
6829@item
6830Commit @file{version.in} and @file{ChangeLog}
6831@item
6832Tweak @file{version.in} (and @file{ChangeLog} to read
6833@var{L}.@var{M}.@var{N}-0000-00-00-cvs so that the version update
6834process can restart.
6835@item
6836Make the release candidate available in
6837@uref{ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/gdb/snapshots/branch}
6838@item
6839Notify the relevant mailing lists ( @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com} and
6840@email{gdb-testers@@sources.redhat.com} that the candidate is available.
6841@end enumerate
8642bc8f 6842
0816590b 6843@subsection Make a formal release available
8642bc8f 6844
0816590b 6845(And you thought all that was required was to post an e-mail.)
8642bc8f 6846
0816590b 6847@subsubheading Install on sware
8642bc8f 6848
0816590b 6849Copy the new files to both the release and the old release directory:
8642bc8f 6850
474c8240 6851@smallexample
0816590b 6852$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/old-releases/
8642bc8f 6853$ cp *.bz2 *.gz ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
474c8240 6854@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6855
0816590b
AC
6856@noindent
6857Clean up the releases directory so that only the most recent releases
6858are available (e.g. keep 5.2 and 5.2.1 but remove 5.1):
6859
6860@smallexample
6861$ cd ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases
6862$ rm @dots{}
6863@end smallexample
6864
6865@noindent
6866Update the file @file{README} and @file{.message} in the releases
6867directory:
6868
6869@smallexample
6870$ vi README
6871@dots{}
6872$ rm -f .message
6873$ ln README .message
6874@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6875
0816590b 6876@subsubheading Update the web pages.
8973da3a 6877
0816590b
AC
6878@table @file
6879
6880@item htdocs/download/ANNOUNCEMENT
6881This file, which is posted as the official announcement, includes:
8973da3a
AC
6882@itemize @bullet
6883@item
b247355e 6884General announcement.
8642bc8f 6885@item
0816590b
AC
6886News. If making an @var{M}.@var{N}.1 release, retain the news from
6887earlier @var{M}.@var{N} release.
8973da3a 6888@item
b247355e 6889Errata.
0816590b
AC
6890@end itemize
6891
6892@item htdocs/index.html
6893@itemx htdocs/news/index.html
6894@itemx htdocs/download/index.html
6895These files include:
6896@itemize @bullet
8642bc8f 6897@item
b247355e 6898Announcement of the most recent release.
8642bc8f 6899@item
b247355e 6900News entry (remember to update both the top level and the news directory).
8973da3a 6901@end itemize
0816590b 6902These pages also need to be regenerate using @code{index.sh}.
8973da3a 6903
0816590b 6904@item download/onlinedocs/
8642bc8f
AC
6905You need to find the magic command that is used to generate the online
6906docs from the @file{.tar.bz2}. The best way is to look in the output
0816590b 6907from one of the nightly @code{cron} jobs and then just edit accordingly.
8642bc8f
AC
6908Something like:
6909
474c8240 6910@smallexample
8642bc8f 6911$ ~/ss/update-web-docs \
0816590b 6912 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
8642bc8f 6913 $PWD/www \
0816590b 6914 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/onlinedocs \
8642bc8f 6915 gdb
474c8240 6916@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6917
0816590b
AC
6918@item download/ari/
6919Just like the online documentation. Something like:
8642bc8f 6920
0816590b
AC
6921@smallexample
6922$ /bin/sh ~/ss/update-web-ari \
6923 ~ftp/pub/gdb/releases/gdb-5.2.tar.bz2 \
6924 $PWD/www \
6925 /www/sourceware/htdocs/gdb/download/ari \
6926 gdb
6927@end smallexample
6928
6929@end table
6930
6931@subsubheading Shadow the pages onto gnu
6932
6933Something goes here.
6934
6935
6936@subsubheading Install the @value{GDBN} tar ball on GNU
6937
6938At the time of writing, the GNU machine was @kbd{gnudist.gnu.org} in
6939@file{~ftp/gnu/gdb}.
6940
6941@subsubheading Make the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT}
6942
6943Post the @file{ANNOUNCEMENT} file you created above to:
8642bc8f
AC
6944
6945@itemize @bullet
6946@item
6947@email{gdb-announce@@sources.redhat.com, GDB Announcement mailing list}
6948@item
0816590b
AC
6949@email{info-gnu@@gnu.org, General GNU Announcement list} (but delay it a
6950day or so to let things get out)
6951@item
6952@email{bug-gdb@@gnu.org, GDB Bug Report mailing list}
8642bc8f
AC
6953@end itemize
6954
0816590b 6955@subsection Cleanup
8642bc8f 6956
0816590b 6957The release is out but you're still not finished.
8642bc8f 6958
0816590b 6959@subsubheading Commit outstanding changes
8642bc8f 6960
0816590b 6961In particular you'll need to commit any changes to:
8642bc8f
AC
6962
6963@itemize @bullet
6964@item
6965@file{gdb/ChangeLog}
6966@item
6967@file{gdb/version.in}
6968@item
6969@file{gdb/NEWS}
6970@item
6971@file{gdb/README}
6972@end itemize
6973
0816590b 6974@subsubheading Tag the release
8642bc8f
AC
6975
6976Something like:
6977
474c8240 6978@smallexample
8642bc8f
AC
6979$ d=`date -u +%Y-%m-%d`
6980$ echo $d
69812002-01-24
6982$ ( cd insight/src/gdb && cvs -f -q update )
0816590b 6983$ ( cd insight/src && cvs -f -q tag gdb_5_2-$d-release )
474c8240 6984@end smallexample
8642bc8f 6985
0816590b 6986Insight is used since that contains more of the release than
b247355e 6987@value{GDBN}.
0816590b
AC
6988
6989@subsubheading Mention the release on the trunk
8642bc8f 6990
0816590b
AC
6991Just put something in the @file{ChangeLog} so that the trunk also
6992indicates when the release was made.
6993
6994@subsubheading Restart @file{gdb/version.in}
8642bc8f
AC
6995
6996If @file{gdb/version.in} does not contain an ISO date such as
6997@kbd{2002-01-24} then the daily @code{cronjob} won't update it. Having
6998committed all the release changes it can be set to
0816590b 6999@file{5.2.0_0000-00-00-cvs} which will restart things (yes the @kbd{_}
8642bc8f
AC
7000is important - it affects the snapshot process).
7001
7002Don't forget the @file{ChangeLog}.
7003
0816590b 7004@subsubheading Merge into trunk
8973da3a 7005
8642bc8f
AC
7006The files committed to the branch may also need changes merged into the
7007trunk.
8973da3a 7008
0816590b
AC
7009@subsubheading Revise the release schedule
7010
7011Post a revised release schedule to @email{gdb@@sources.redhat.com, GDB
7012Discussion List} with an updated announcement. The schedule can be
7013generated by running:
7014
7015@smallexample
7016$ ~/ss/schedule `date +%s` schedule
7017@end smallexample
7018
7019@noindent
7020The first parameter is approximate date/time in seconds (from the epoch)
7021of the most recent release.
7022
7023Also update the schedule @code{cronjob}.
7024
8642bc8f 7025@section Post release
8973da3a 7026
8642bc8f 7027Remove any @code{OBSOLETE} code.
8973da3a 7028
085dd6e6
JM
7029@node Testsuite
7030
7031@chapter Testsuite
56caf160 7032@cindex test suite
085dd6e6 7033
56caf160
EZ
7034The testsuite is an important component of the @value{GDBN} package.
7035While it is always worthwhile to encourage user testing, in practice
7036this is rarely sufficient; users typically use only a small subset of
7037the available commands, and it has proven all too common for a change
7038to cause a significant regression that went unnoticed for some time.
085dd6e6 7039
b247355e
NR
7040The @value{GDBN} testsuite uses the DejaGNU testing framework. The
7041tests themselves are calls to various @code{Tcl} procs; the framework
7042runs all the procs and summarizes the passes and fails.
085dd6e6
JM
7043
7044@section Using the Testsuite
7045
56caf160 7046@cindex running the test suite
25822942 7047To run the testsuite, simply go to the @value{GDBN} object directory (or to the
085dd6e6
JM
7048testsuite's objdir) and type @code{make check}. This just sets up some
7049environment variables and invokes DejaGNU's @code{runtest} script. While
7050the testsuite is running, you'll get mentions of which test file is in use,
7051and a mention of any unexpected passes or fails. When the testsuite is
7052finished, you'll get a summary that looks like this:
56caf160 7053
474c8240 7054@smallexample
085dd6e6
JM
7055 === gdb Summary ===
7056
7057# of expected passes 6016
7058# of unexpected failures 58
7059# of unexpected successes 5
7060# of expected failures 183
7061# of unresolved testcases 3
7062# of untested testcases 5
474c8240 7063@end smallexample
56caf160 7064
a9f158ec
JB
7065To run a specific test script, type:
7066@example
7067make check RUNTESTFLAGS='@var{tests}'
7068@end example
7069where @var{tests} is a list of test script file names, separated by
7070spaces.
7071
085dd6e6
JM
7072The ideal test run consists of expected passes only; however, reality
7073conspires to keep us from this ideal. Unexpected failures indicate
56caf160
EZ
7074real problems, whether in @value{GDBN} or in the testsuite. Expected
7075failures are still failures, but ones which have been decided are too
7076hard to deal with at the time; for instance, a test case might work
7077everywhere except on AIX, and there is no prospect of the AIX case
7078being fixed in the near future. Expected failures should not be added
7079lightly, since you may be masking serious bugs in @value{GDBN}.
7080Unexpected successes are expected fails that are passing for some
7081reason, while unresolved and untested cases often indicate some minor
7082catastrophe, such as the compiler being unable to deal with a test
7083program.
7084
7085When making any significant change to @value{GDBN}, you should run the
7086testsuite before and after the change, to confirm that there are no
7087regressions. Note that truly complete testing would require that you
7088run the testsuite with all supported configurations and a variety of
7089compilers; however this is more than really necessary. In many cases
7090testing with a single configuration is sufficient. Other useful
7091options are to test one big-endian (Sparc) and one little-endian (x86)
7092host, a cross config with a builtin simulator (powerpc-eabi,
7093mips-elf), or a 64-bit host (Alpha).
7094
7095If you add new functionality to @value{GDBN}, please consider adding
7096tests for it as well; this way future @value{GDBN} hackers can detect
7097and fix their changes that break the functionality you added.
7098Similarly, if you fix a bug that was not previously reported as a test
7099failure, please add a test case for it. Some cases are extremely
7100difficult to test, such as code that handles host OS failures or bugs
7101in particular versions of compilers, and it's OK not to try to write
7102tests for all of those.
085dd6e6 7103
e7dc800a
MC
7104DejaGNU supports separate build, host, and target machines. However,
7105some @value{GDBN} test scripts do not work if the build machine and
7106the host machine are not the same. In such an environment, these scripts
7107will give a result of ``UNRESOLVED'', like this:
7108
7109@smallexample
7110UNRESOLVED: gdb.base/example.exp: This test script does not work on a remote host.
7111@end smallexample
7112
085dd6e6
JM
7113@section Testsuite Organization
7114
56caf160 7115@cindex test suite organization
085dd6e6
JM
7116The testsuite is entirely contained in @file{gdb/testsuite}. While the
7117testsuite includes some makefiles and configury, these are very minimal,
7118and used for little besides cleaning up, since the tests themselves
25822942 7119handle the compilation of the programs that @value{GDBN} will run. The file
085dd6e6 7120@file{testsuite/lib/gdb.exp} contains common utility procs useful for
25822942 7121all @value{GDBN} tests, while the directory @file{testsuite/config} contains
085dd6e6
JM
7122configuration-specific files, typically used for special-purpose
7123definitions of procs like @code{gdb_load} and @code{gdb_start}.
7124
7125The tests themselves are to be found in @file{testsuite/gdb.*} and
7126subdirectories of those. The names of the test files must always end
7127with @file{.exp}. DejaGNU collects the test files by wildcarding
7128in the test directories, so both subdirectories and individual files
7129get chosen and run in alphabetical order.
7130
7131The following table lists the main types of subdirectories and what they
7132are for. Since DejaGNU finds test files no matter where they are
7133located, and since each test file sets up its own compilation and
7134execution environment, this organization is simply for convenience and
7135intelligibility.
7136
56caf160 7137@table @file
085dd6e6 7138@item gdb.base
085dd6e6 7139This is the base testsuite. The tests in it should apply to all
25822942 7140configurations of @value{GDBN} (but generic native-only tests may live here).
085dd6e6 7141The test programs should be in the subset of C that is valid K&R,
49efadf5 7142ANSI/ISO, and C@t{++} (@code{#ifdef}s are allowed if necessary, for instance
085dd6e6
JM
7143for prototypes).
7144
7145@item gdb.@var{lang}
56caf160 7146Language-specific tests for any language @var{lang} besides C. Examples are
af6cf26d 7147@file{gdb.cp} and @file{gdb.java}.
085dd6e6
JM
7148
7149@item gdb.@var{platform}
085dd6e6
JM
7150Non-portable tests. The tests are specific to a specific configuration
7151(host or target), such as HP-UX or eCos. Example is @file{gdb.hp}, for
7152HP-UX.
7153
7154@item gdb.@var{compiler}
085dd6e6
JM
7155Tests specific to a particular compiler. As of this writing (June
71561999), there aren't currently any groups of tests in this category that
7157couldn't just as sensibly be made platform-specific, but one could
56caf160
EZ
7158imagine a @file{gdb.gcc}, for tests of @value{GDBN}'s handling of GCC
7159extensions.
085dd6e6
JM
7160
7161@item gdb.@var{subsystem}
25822942 7162Tests that exercise a specific @value{GDBN} subsystem in more depth. For
085dd6e6
JM
7163instance, @file{gdb.disasm} exercises various disassemblers, while
7164@file{gdb.stabs} tests pathways through the stabs symbol reader.
085dd6e6
JM
7165@end table
7166
7167@section Writing Tests
56caf160 7168@cindex writing tests
085dd6e6 7169
25822942 7170In many areas, the @value{GDBN} tests are already quite comprehensive; you
085dd6e6
JM
7171should be able to copy existing tests to handle new cases.
7172
7173You should try to use @code{gdb_test} whenever possible, since it
7174includes cases to handle all the unexpected errors that might happen.
7175However, it doesn't cost anything to add new test procedures; for
7176instance, @file{gdb.base/exprs.exp} defines a @code{test_expr} that
7177calls @code{gdb_test} multiple times.
7178
7179Only use @code{send_gdb} and @code{gdb_expect} when absolutely
25822942 7180necessary, such as when @value{GDBN} has several valid responses to a command.
085dd6e6
JM
7181
7182The source language programs do @emph{not} need to be in a consistent
25822942 7183style. Since @value{GDBN} is used to debug programs written in many different
085dd6e6 7184styles, it's worth having a mix of styles in the testsuite; for
25822942 7185instance, some @value{GDBN} bugs involving the display of source lines would
085dd6e6
JM
7186never manifest themselves if the programs used GNU coding style
7187uniformly.
7188
c906108c
SS
7189@node Hints
7190
7191@chapter Hints
7192
7193Check the @file{README} file, it often has useful information that does not
7194appear anywhere else in the directory.
7195
7196@menu
25822942 7197* Getting Started:: Getting started working on @value{GDBN}
33e16fad 7198* Debugging GDB:: Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
c906108c
SS
7199@end menu
7200
7201@node Getting Started,,, Hints
7202
7203@section Getting Started
7204
25822942 7205@value{GDBN} is a large and complicated program, and if you first starting to
c906108c
SS
7206work on it, it can be hard to know where to start. Fortunately, if you
7207know how to go about it, there are ways to figure out what is going on.
7208
25822942
DB
7209This manual, the @value{GDBN} Internals manual, has information which applies
7210generally to many parts of @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7211
7212Information about particular functions or data structures are located in
7213comments with those functions or data structures. If you run across a
7214function or a global variable which does not have a comment correctly
25822942 7215explaining what is does, this can be thought of as a bug in @value{GDBN}; feel
c906108c
SS
7216free to submit a bug report, with a suggested comment if you can figure
7217out what the comment should say. If you find a comment which is
7218actually wrong, be especially sure to report that.
7219
7220Comments explaining the function of macros defined in host, target, or
7221native dependent files can be in several places. Sometimes they are
7222repeated every place the macro is defined. Sometimes they are where the
7223macro is used. Sometimes there is a header file which supplies a
7224default definition of the macro, and the comment is there. This manual
7225also documents all the available macros.
7226@c (@pxref{Host Conditionals}, @pxref{Target
7227@c Conditionals}, @pxref{Native Conditionals}, and @pxref{Obsolete
7228@c Conditionals})
7229
56caf160
EZ
7230Start with the header files. Once you have some idea of how
7231@value{GDBN}'s internal symbol tables are stored (see @file{symtab.h},
7232@file{gdbtypes.h}), you will find it much easier to understand the
7233code which uses and creates those symbol tables.
c906108c
SS
7234
7235You may wish to process the information you are getting somehow, to
7236enhance your understanding of it. Summarize it, translate it to another
25822942 7237language, add some (perhaps trivial or non-useful) feature to @value{GDBN}, use
c906108c
SS
7238the code to predict what a test case would do and write the test case
7239and verify your prediction, etc. If you are reading code and your eyes
7240are starting to glaze over, this is a sign you need to use a more active
7241approach.
7242
25822942 7243Once you have a part of @value{GDBN} to start with, you can find more
c906108c
SS
7244specifically the part you are looking for by stepping through each
7245function with the @code{next} command. Do not use @code{step} or you
7246will quickly get distracted; when the function you are stepping through
7247calls another function try only to get a big-picture understanding
7248(perhaps using the comment at the beginning of the function being
7249called) of what it does. This way you can identify which of the
7250functions being called by the function you are stepping through is the
7251one which you are interested in. You may need to examine the data
7252structures generated at each stage, with reference to the comments in
7253the header files explaining what the data structures are supposed to
7254look like.
7255
7256Of course, this same technique can be used if you are just reading the
7257code, rather than actually stepping through it. The same general
7258principle applies---when the code you are looking at calls something
7259else, just try to understand generally what the code being called does,
7260rather than worrying about all its details.
7261
56caf160
EZ
7262@cindex command implementation
7263A good place to start when tracking down some particular area is with
7264a command which invokes that feature. Suppose you want to know how
7265single-stepping works. As a @value{GDBN} user, you know that the
7266@code{step} command invokes single-stepping. The command is invoked
7267via command tables (see @file{command.h}); by convention the function
7268which actually performs the command is formed by taking the name of
7269the command and adding @samp{_command}, or in the case of an
7270@code{info} subcommand, @samp{_info}. For example, the @code{step}
7271command invokes the @code{step_command} function and the @code{info
7272display} command invokes @code{display_info}. When this convention is
7273not followed, you might have to use @code{grep} or @kbd{M-x
7274tags-search} in emacs, or run @value{GDBN} on itself and set a
7275breakpoint in @code{execute_command}.
7276
7277@cindex @code{bug-gdb} mailing list
c906108c
SS
7278If all of the above fail, it may be appropriate to ask for information
7279on @code{bug-gdb}. But @emph{never} post a generic question like ``I was
7280wondering if anyone could give me some tips about understanding
25822942 7281@value{GDBN}''---if we had some magic secret we would put it in this manual.
c906108c
SS
7282Suggestions for improving the manual are always welcome, of course.
7283
33e16fad 7284@node Debugging GDB,,,Hints
c906108c 7285
25822942 7286@section Debugging @value{GDBN} with itself
56caf160 7287@cindex debugging @value{GDBN}
c906108c 7288
25822942 7289If @value{GDBN} is limping on your machine, this is the preferred way to get it
c906108c
SS
7290fully functional. Be warned that in some ancient Unix systems, like
7291Ultrix 4.2, a program can't be running in one process while it is being
56caf160 7292debugged in another. Rather than typing the command @kbd{@w{./gdb
c906108c 7293./gdb}}, which works on Suns and such, you can copy @file{gdb} to
56caf160 7294@file{gdb2} and then type @kbd{@w{./gdb ./gdb2}}.
c906108c 7295
25822942 7296When you run @value{GDBN} in the @value{GDBN} source directory, it will read a
c906108c
SS
7297@file{.gdbinit} file that sets up some simple things to make debugging
7298gdb easier. The @code{info} command, when executed without a subcommand
25822942 7299in a @value{GDBN} being debugged by gdb, will pop you back up to the top level
c906108c
SS
7300gdb. See @file{.gdbinit} for details.
7301
7302If you use emacs, you will probably want to do a @code{make TAGS} after
7303you configure your distribution; this will put the machine dependent
7304routines for your local machine where they will be accessed first by
7305@kbd{M-.}
7306
25822942 7307Also, make sure that you've either compiled @value{GDBN} with your local cc, or
c906108c
SS
7308have run @code{fixincludes} if you are compiling with gcc.
7309
7310@section Submitting Patches
7311
56caf160 7312@cindex submitting patches
c906108c 7313Thanks for thinking of offering your changes back to the community of
25822942 7314@value{GDBN} users. In general we like to get well designed enhancements.
c906108c
SS
7315Thanks also for checking in advance about the best way to transfer the
7316changes.
7317
25822942
DB
7318The @value{GDBN} maintainers will only install ``cleanly designed'' patches.
7319This manual summarizes what we believe to be clean design for @value{GDBN}.
c906108c
SS
7320
7321If the maintainers don't have time to put the patch in when it arrives,
7322or if there is any question about a patch, it goes into a large queue
7323with everyone else's patches and bug reports.
7324
56caf160 7325@cindex legal papers for code contributions
c906108c
SS
7326The legal issue is that to incorporate substantial changes requires a
7327copyright assignment from you and/or your employer, granting ownership
7328of the changes to the Free Software Foundation. You can get the
9e0b60a8
JM
7329standard documents for doing this by sending mail to @code{gnu@@gnu.org}
7330and asking for it. We recommend that people write in "All programs
7331owned by the Free Software Foundation" as "NAME OF PROGRAM", so that
56caf160
EZ
7332changes in many programs (not just @value{GDBN}, but GAS, Emacs, GCC,
7333etc) can be
9e0b60a8 7334contributed with only one piece of legalese pushed through the
be9c6c35 7335bureaucracy and filed with the FSF. We can't start merging changes until
9e0b60a8
JM
7336this paperwork is received by the FSF (their rules, which we follow
7337since we maintain it for them).
c906108c
SS
7338
7339Technically, the easiest way to receive changes is to receive each
56caf160
EZ
7340feature as a small context diff or unidiff, suitable for @code{patch}.
7341Each message sent to me should include the changes to C code and
7342header files for a single feature, plus @file{ChangeLog} entries for
7343each directory where files were modified, and diffs for any changes
7344needed to the manuals (@file{gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo} or
7345@file{gdb/doc/gdbint.texinfo}). If there are a lot of changes for a
7346single feature, they can be split down into multiple messages.
9e0b60a8
JM
7347
7348In this way, if we read and like the feature, we can add it to the
c906108c 7349sources with a single patch command, do some testing, and check it in.
56caf160
EZ
7350If you leave out the @file{ChangeLog}, we have to write one. If you leave
7351out the doc, we have to puzzle out what needs documenting. Etc., etc.
c906108c 7352
9e0b60a8
JM
7353The reason to send each change in a separate message is that we will not
7354install some of the changes. They'll be returned to you with questions
7355or comments. If we're doing our job correctly, the message back to you
c906108c 7356will say what you have to fix in order to make the change acceptable.
9e0b60a8
JM
7357The reason to have separate messages for separate features is so that
7358the acceptable changes can be installed while one or more changes are
7359being reworked. If multiple features are sent in a single message, we
7360tend to not put in the effort to sort out the acceptable changes from
7361the unacceptable, so none of the features get installed until all are
7362acceptable.
7363
7364If this sounds painful or authoritarian, well, it is. But we get a lot
7365of bug reports and a lot of patches, and many of them don't get
7366installed because we don't have the time to finish the job that the bug
c906108c
SS
7367reporter or the contributor could have done. Patches that arrive
7368complete, working, and well designed, tend to get installed on the day
9e0b60a8
JM
7369they arrive. The others go into a queue and get installed as time
7370permits, which, since the maintainers have many demands to meet, may not
7371be for quite some time.
c906108c 7372
56caf160 7373Please send patches directly to
47b95330 7374@email{gdb-patches@@sources.redhat.com, the @value{GDBN} maintainers}.
c906108c
SS
7375
7376@section Obsolete Conditionals
56caf160 7377@cindex obsolete code
c906108c 7378
25822942 7379Fragments of old code in @value{GDBN} sometimes reference or set the following
c906108c
SS
7380configuration macros. They should not be used by new code, and old uses
7381should be removed as those parts of the debugger are otherwise touched.
7382
7383@table @code
c906108c
SS
7384@item STACK_END_ADDR
7385This macro used to define where the end of the stack appeared, for use
7386in interpreting core file formats that don't record this address in the
25822942
DB
7387core file itself. This information is now configured in BFD, and @value{GDBN}
7388gets the info portably from there. The values in @value{GDBN}'s configuration
c906108c 7389files should be moved into BFD configuration files (if needed there),
25822942 7390and deleted from all of @value{GDBN}'s config files.
c906108c
SS
7391
7392Any @file{@var{foo}-xdep.c} file that references STACK_END_ADDR
7393is so old that it has never been converted to use BFD. Now that's old!
7394
c906108c
SS
7395@end table
7396
bcd7e15f 7397@include observer.texi
2154891a 7398@raisesections
aab4e0ec 7399@include fdl.texi
2154891a 7400@lowersections
aab4e0ec 7401
56caf160
EZ
7402@node Index
7403@unnumbered Index
7404
7405@printindex cp
7406
c906108c 7407@bye
This page took 1.001592 seconds and 4 git commands to generate.